1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
59 #include "parser-defs.h"
60 #include "gdb_regex.h"
62 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
63 #include "continuations.h"
67 #include "dummy-frame.h"
72 /* readline include files */
73 #include "readline/readline.h"
74 #include "readline/history.h"
76 /* readline defines this. */
79 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
80 #include "extension.h"
82 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
83 enum exception_event_kind
90 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
92 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
94 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
96 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
98 static void disable_command (char *, int);
100 static void enable_command (char *, int);
102 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint
*,
106 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
108 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
110 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
113 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location
*location
,
114 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
115 enum bptype type_wanted
);
117 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*,
118 struct linespec_result
*,
119 char *, char *, enum bptype
,
120 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
122 const struct breakpoint_ops
*,
123 int, int, int, unsigned);
125 static void decode_location_default (struct breakpoint
*b
,
126 const struct event_location
*location
,
127 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
);
129 static void clear_command (char *, int);
131 static void catch_command (char *, int);
133 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*);
135 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
137 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
139 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
141 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
142 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
143 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
145 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
147 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
148 struct symtab_and_line
,
150 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
152 static struct breakpoint
*
153 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
155 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
158 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
160 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
164 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
165 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
166 struct obj_section
*, int);
168 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
169 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
171 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
172 struct address_space
*aspace
,
175 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
177 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
179 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
180 int (*) (const struct breakpoint
*));
182 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
184 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
186 static void commands_command (char *, int);
188 static void condition_command (char *, int);
197 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
198 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
200 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
202 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
204 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
206 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
208 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
210 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
212 int *other_type_used
);
214 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
216 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
218 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
221 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
223 static void stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
225 static void stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
227 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
229 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
230 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
231 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
233 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
235 /* update_global_location_list's modes of operation wrt to whether to
236 insert locations now. */
237 enum ugll_insert_mode
239 /* Don't insert any breakpoint locations into the inferior, only
240 remove already-inserted locations that no longer should be
241 inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or breakpoints
242 should specify this mode, so that deleting a breakpoint doesn't
243 have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
244 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
245 returns true on them.
247 This behavior is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
248 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but
249 breakpoint shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT*
250 be restored to the new image; or before detaching, where the
251 target still has execution and wants to delete breakpoints from
252 GDB's lists, and all breakpoints had already been removed from
256 /* May insert breakpoints iff breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now
257 claims breakpoints should be inserted now. */
260 /* Insert locations now, irrespective of
261 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now. E.g., say all threads are
262 stopped right now, and the user did "continue". We need to
263 insert breakpoints _before_ resuming the target, but
264 UGLL_MAY_INSERT wouldn't insert them, because
265 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now returns false at that point,
266 as no thread is running yet. */
270 static void update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
272 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
274 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
276 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
278 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
280 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
282 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
284 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
286 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
288 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num
);
290 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
292 static struct bp_location
**get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
);
294 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
297 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
299 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
300 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
301 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
302 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
304 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
305 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
307 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
308 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
310 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
311 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
313 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
315 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
317 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
318 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
320 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
321 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
323 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
324 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
325 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
326 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
327 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
328 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
330 static const char dprintf_style_gdb
[] = "gdb";
331 static const char dprintf_style_call
[] = "call";
332 static const char dprintf_style_agent
[] = "agent";
333 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums
[] = {
339 static const char *dprintf_style
= dprintf_style_gdb
;
341 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
342 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
343 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
344 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
346 static char *dprintf_function
= "";
348 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
349 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
350 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
351 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
352 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
353 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
354 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
356 static char *dprintf_channel
= "";
358 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
360 static int disconnected_dprintf
= 1;
362 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
363 breakpoints share a single command list. */
364 struct counted_command_line
366 /* The reference count. */
369 /* The command list. */
370 struct command_line
*commands
;
373 struct command_line
*
374 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
376 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
379 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
380 current breakpoint. */
382 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
385 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
387 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
388 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
390 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
392 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
395 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
396 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
397 if such is available. */
398 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
401 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
402 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
405 fprintf_filtered (file
,
406 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
407 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
411 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
412 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
413 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
414 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
415 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
417 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
418 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
421 fprintf_filtered (file
,
422 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
423 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
427 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
428 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
429 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
430 use hardware breakpoints. */
431 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
433 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
434 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
437 fprintf_filtered (file
,
438 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
442 /* If on, GDB keeps breakpoints inserted even if the inferior is
443 stopped, and immediately inserts any new breakpoints as soon as
444 they're created. If off (default), GDB keeps breakpoints off of
445 the target as long as possible. That is, it delays inserting
446 breakpoints until the next resume, and removes them again when the
447 target fully stops. This is a bit safer in case GDB crashes while
448 processing user input. */
449 static int always_inserted_mode
= 0;
452 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
453 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
455 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
459 /* See breakpoint.h. */
462 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now (void)
464 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
466 /* If breakpoints are global, they should be inserted even if no
467 thread under gdb's control is running, or even if there are
468 no threads under GDB's control yet. */
471 else if (target_has_execution
)
473 struct thread_info
*tp
;
475 if (always_inserted_mode
)
477 /* The user wants breakpoints inserted even if all threads
482 if (threads_are_executing ())
485 /* Don't remove breakpoints yet if, even though all threads are
486 stopped, we still have events to process. */
487 ALL_NON_EXITED_THREADS (tp
)
489 && tp
->suspend
.waitstatus_pending_p
)
495 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
497 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
498 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
499 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
500 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
501 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
502 condition_evaluation_auto
,
503 condition_evaluation_host
,
504 condition_evaluation_target
,
508 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
509 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
511 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
512 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
513 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
515 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
516 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
517 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
521 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
523 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
525 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
526 return condition_evaluation_target
;
528 return condition_evaluation_host
;
534 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
537 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
539 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
542 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
546 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
548 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
550 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
553 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
555 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
556 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
558 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
559 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
561 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
562 int target_exact_watchpoints
= 0;
564 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
565 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
566 current breakpoint. */
568 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
570 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
571 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
572 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
575 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
576 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
577 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
579 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
580 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
581 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
584 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
585 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
586 to where the loop should start from.
587 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
588 appropriate location to start with. */
590 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
591 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
592 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
594 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
595 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
598 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
600 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
601 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
602 if (is_tracepoint (B))
604 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
606 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
608 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
610 static struct bp_location
**bp_location
;
612 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
614 static unsigned bp_location_count
;
616 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
617 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
618 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
619 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
620 an address you need to read. */
622 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
;
624 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
625 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
626 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
627 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
628 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
630 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
632 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
633 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
635 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
637 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
639 static int breakpoint_count
;
641 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
642 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
643 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
644 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
645 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
647 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
649 static int tracepoint_count
;
651 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
652 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
653 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
655 /* See declaration at breakpoint.h. */
658 breakpoint_find_if (int (*func
) (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *d
),
661 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
665 if (func (b
, user_data
) != 0)
672 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
674 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
676 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
679 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
682 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
684 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
685 breakpoint_count
= num
;
686 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
689 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
690 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
691 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
693 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
697 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
699 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
702 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
706 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
708 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
711 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
714 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
716 struct breakpoint
*b
;
722 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
723 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
725 static struct counted_command_line
*
726 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line
*commands
)
728 struct counted_command_line
*result
= XNEW (struct counted_command_line
);
731 result
->commands
= commands
;
736 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
739 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
*cmd
)
745 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
746 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
747 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
750 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
754 if (--(*cmdp
)->refc
== 0)
756 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp
)->commands
);
763 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
766 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg
)
768 decref_counted_command_line (arg
);
771 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
774 static struct cleanup
*
775 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
777 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line
, cmdp
);
781 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
782 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
785 get_breakpoint (int num
)
787 struct breakpoint
*b
;
790 if (b
->number
== num
)
798 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
799 evaluating conditions on its side. */
802 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
804 struct bp_location
*loc
;
806 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
807 evaluating conditions and if the user has
808 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
810 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
811 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
814 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
817 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
818 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
821 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
822 evaluating conditions on its side. */
825 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
827 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
828 evaluating conditions and if the user has
829 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
831 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
832 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
836 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
839 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
842 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
843 condition_evaluation_mode. */
846 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args
, int from_tty
,
847 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
849 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
851 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
852 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
854 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
855 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
856 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
860 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
861 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
863 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
864 settings was "auto". */
865 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
867 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
868 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
870 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
871 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
872 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
874 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
875 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
878 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
880 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
882 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
883 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
887 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
888 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
889 target knows about. */
890 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
891 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
892 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
896 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
902 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
903 what "auto" is translating to. */
906 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
907 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
909 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
910 fprintf_filtered (file
,
911 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
912 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
914 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
916 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
920 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
921 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
922 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
925 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
927 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
928 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
930 if (a
->address
== b
->address
)
933 return ((a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
));
936 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
937 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
938 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
941 static struct bp_location
**
942 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
)
944 struct bp_location dummy_loc
;
945 struct bp_location
*dummy_locp
= &dummy_loc
;
946 struct bp_location
**locp_found
= NULL
;
948 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
949 memset (&dummy_loc
, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location
));
950 dummy_loc
.address
= address
;
952 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
953 locp_found
= bsearch (&dummy_locp
, bp_location
, bp_location_count
,
954 sizeof (struct bp_location
**),
955 bp_location_compare_addrs
);
957 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
958 if (locp_found
== NULL
)
961 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
962 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
963 while ((locp_found
- 1) >= bp_location
964 && (*(locp_found
- 1))->address
== address
)
971 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, const char *exp
,
974 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
975 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
977 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
979 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
986 struct bp_location
*loc
;
988 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
993 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
994 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
995 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
1002 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
1006 const char *arg
= exp
;
1008 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
1009 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
1010 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
1011 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
1013 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
1015 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
1017 innermost_block
= NULL
;
1019 w
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
1021 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1022 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
1026 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1028 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1032 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
1033 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
1035 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
1039 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1041 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1044 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
1046 static VEC (char_ptr
) *
1047 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
1048 const char *text
, const char *word
)
1052 text
= skip_spaces_const (text
);
1053 space
= skip_to_space_const (text
);
1057 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1058 VEC (char_ptr
) *result
= NULL
;
1062 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1063 if (isdigit (text
[1]))
1065 return complete_internalvar (&text
[1]);
1068 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1069 len
= strlen (text
);
1075 xsnprintf (number
, sizeof (number
), "%d", b
->number
);
1077 if (strncmp (number
, text
, len
) == 0)
1078 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr
, result
, xstrdup (number
));
1084 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1085 text
= skip_spaces_const (space
);
1086 return expression_completer (cmd
, text
, word
);
1089 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1092 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1094 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1099 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1102 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
1104 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
1107 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
1109 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
1110 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
1111 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1112 const struct extension_language_defn
*extlang
1113 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b
, EXT_LANG_NONE
);
1115 if (extlang
!= NULL
)
1117 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
1118 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
1119 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang
));
1121 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
);
1123 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
1124 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
1129 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
1132 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1133 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1134 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1137 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
1139 struct command_line
*c
;
1141 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1145 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1146 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1147 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1149 for (i
= 0; i
< c
->body_count
; ++i
)
1150 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c
->body_list
)[i
]);
1152 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1153 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1154 command directly. */
1155 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1156 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1158 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1159 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1163 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1166 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type
)
1168 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1169 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1170 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
1174 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1176 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1179 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1180 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1184 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1185 struct command_line
*commands
)
1187 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1189 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
1190 struct command_line
*c
;
1191 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1193 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1194 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1198 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1199 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1200 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1201 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1202 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1203 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1204 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1205 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1206 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1207 tracepoint's context. */
1208 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1210 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1212 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1213 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1214 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1215 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1216 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1217 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1220 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1221 "can be used only once"));
1226 validate_actionline (c
->line
, b
);
1230 struct command_line
*c2
;
1232 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_count
== 1);
1233 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list
[0];
1234 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1236 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1237 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1243 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1247 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1248 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1251 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1253 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1254 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
1255 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1258 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1260 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1261 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1262 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
1268 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1269 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1272 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1273 struct command_line
*commands
)
1275 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
);
1277 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1278 b
->commands
= alloc_counted_command_line (commands
);
1279 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1282 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1283 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1287 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1289 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1292 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1293 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1296 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1297 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1300 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1302 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1305 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1306 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1309 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1310 breakpoint work for any task. */
1313 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1315 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1318 if (old_task
!= task
)
1319 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1323 check_tracepoint_command (char *line
, void *closure
)
1325 struct breakpoint
*b
= closure
;
1327 validate_actionline (line
, b
);
1330 /* A structure used to pass information through
1331 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1333 struct commands_info
1335 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1338 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1341 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1342 already-parsed command. */
1343 struct command_line
*control
;
1345 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1347 struct counted_command_line
*cmd
;
1350 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1351 commands_command. */
1354 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *data
)
1356 struct commands_info
*info
= data
;
1358 if (info
->cmd
== NULL
)
1360 struct command_line
*l
;
1362 if (info
->control
!= NULL
)
1363 l
= copy_command_lines (info
->control
->body_list
[0]);
1366 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1369 str
= xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1370 "%s, one per line."),
1373 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
1375 l
= read_command_lines (str
,
1378 ? check_tracepoint_command
: 0),
1381 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1384 info
->cmd
= alloc_counted_command_line (l
);
1387 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1389 if (b
->commands
!= info
->cmd
)
1391 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, info
->cmd
->commands
);
1392 incref_counted_command_line (info
->cmd
);
1393 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1394 b
->commands
= info
->cmd
;
1395 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1400 commands_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1401 struct command_line
*control
)
1403 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
1404 struct commands_info info
;
1406 info
.from_tty
= from_tty
;
1407 info
.control
= control
;
1409 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1410 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1411 cleanups
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info
.cmd
);
1413 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1415 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1416 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1418 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1419 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1422 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1423 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1424 numbers will fail in this case. */
1429 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1431 arg
= xstrdup (arg
);
1434 make_cleanup (xfree
, arg
);
1438 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_commands_command
, &info
);
1440 if (info
.cmd
== NULL
)
1441 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1443 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
1447 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1449 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1452 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1453 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1455 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1456 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1457 enum command_control_type
1458 commands_from_control_command (char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1460 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1461 return simple_control
;
1464 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1467 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1469 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1473 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1474 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1479 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1480 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1483 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1484 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1485 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1488 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1489 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1490 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
,
1491 struct bp_target_info
*target_info
,
1492 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
1494 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1495 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1499 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info
->placed_address_space
, 0,
1500 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1502 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1506 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1508 bp_addr
= target_info
->placed_address
;
1509 bp_size
= target_info
->shadow_len
;
1511 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1513 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1518 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1520 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1525 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1526 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1528 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1529 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1530 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1534 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1536 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1537 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1540 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1542 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1543 shadow_contents buffer. */
1544 gdb_assert (target_info
->shadow_contents
>= readbuf
+ len
1545 || readbuf
>= (target_info
->shadow_contents
1546 + target_info
->shadow_len
));
1548 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1550 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1551 target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1555 const unsigned char *bp
;
1556 CORE_ADDR addr
= target_info
->reqstd_address
;
1559 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1560 memcpy (target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1561 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1563 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1565 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &placed_size
);
1567 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1568 breakpoint's INSN. */
1569 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1573 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1574 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1576 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1577 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1578 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1580 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1581 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1582 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1583 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1584 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1585 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1586 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1587 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1589 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1592 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1593 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1594 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1596 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1598 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1601 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1602 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1603 report higher one. */
1606 bc_r
= bp_location_count
;
1607 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1609 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1611 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1612 bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1614 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1615 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1616 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1617 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1619 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1620 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1621 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1623 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1625 && (bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1632 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1633 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1634 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1635 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1636 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1639 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1641 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1642 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1643 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1646 && bp_location
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_location
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1649 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1651 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_location_count
; bc
++)
1653 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1654 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1658 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1659 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1660 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1663 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1666 if (bl
->address
>= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1667 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1668 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1671 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1674 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf
, writebuf
, writebuf_org
,
1675 memaddr
, len
, &bl
->target_info
, bl
->gdbarch
);
1681 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1685 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1687 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1688 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
1689 || bpt
->type
== bp_dprintf
);
1692 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1695 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1697 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1698 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1699 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1702 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1706 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1708 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1709 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1712 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1713 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1714 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1715 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1716 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1717 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1718 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1719 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1722 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1724 return (b
->base
.pspace
== current_program_space
1725 && (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1726 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1727 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))));
1730 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1731 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1734 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1736 struct breakpoint
*b
= &w
->base
;
1738 if (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
1740 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1741 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== b
);
1742 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1743 b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
1744 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
1746 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1749 /* Extract a bitfield value from value VAL using the bit parameters contained in
1752 static struct value
*
1753 extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (struct watchpoint
*w
, struct value
*val
)
1755 struct value
*bit_val
;
1760 bit_val
= allocate_value (value_type (val
));
1762 unpack_value_bitfield (bit_val
,
1765 value_contents_for_printing (val
),
1772 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1773 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1774 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1775 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1777 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1779 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1780 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1783 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1784 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1785 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1786 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1787 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1788 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1789 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1790 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1792 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1793 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1794 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1795 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1796 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1797 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1798 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1799 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1802 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1803 hardware watchpoints:
1805 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1806 called several times when GDB stops.
1809 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1810 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1811 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1812 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1813 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1814 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1815 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1816 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1817 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1818 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1819 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1821 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1822 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1825 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1827 int within_current_scope
;
1828 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1831 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1832 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1833 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1834 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1837 if (b
->base
.disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1842 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1843 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1844 within_current_scope
= 1;
1847 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1848 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1849 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1851 /* If we're at a point where the stack has been destroyed
1852 (e.g. in a function epilogue), unwinding may not work
1853 properly. Do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1854 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1855 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1858 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1859 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1860 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1861 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1864 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1866 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1867 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1868 if (within_current_scope
)
1872 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1873 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1874 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1877 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1886 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1887 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1888 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1889 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1890 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1891 be completely different objects. */
1892 value_free (b
->val
);
1896 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1897 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1898 locations (re)created below. */
1899 if (b
->base
.cond_string
!= NULL
)
1901 if (b
->cond_exp
!= NULL
)
1903 xfree (b
->cond_exp
);
1907 s
= b
->base
.cond_string
;
1908 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1912 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1913 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1914 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1915 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1916 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1917 if (!target_has_execution
)
1919 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1920 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1921 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1922 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
1924 if (b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
1925 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1927 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1928 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1931 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1934 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1935 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1937 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
, 0);
1939 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1940 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1941 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1942 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1943 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1945 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
1947 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1949 v
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, v
);
1957 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1959 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1960 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
1962 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1963 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1964 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1965 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1966 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1967 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1968 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
1970 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1972 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1973 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1974 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1976 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1977 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1980 enum target_hw_bp_type type
;
1981 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1982 int bitpos
= 0, bitsize
= 0;
1984 if (value_bitsize (v
) != 0)
1986 /* Extract the bit parameters out from the bitfield
1988 bitpos
= value_bitpos (v
);
1989 bitsize
= value_bitsize (v
);
1991 else if (v
== result
&& b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1993 /* If VAL_BITSIZE != 0 then RESULT is actually a bitfield
1994 lvalue whose bit parameters are saved in the fields
1995 VAL_BITPOS and VAL_BITSIZE. */
1996 bitpos
= b
->val_bitpos
;
1997 bitsize
= b
->val_bitsize
;
2000 addr
= value_address (v
);
2003 /* Skip the bytes that don't contain the bitfield. */
2008 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
2010 else if (b
->base
.type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
2013 loc
= allocate_bp_location (&b
->base
);
2014 for (tmp
= &(b
->base
.loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
2017 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
2019 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
2020 loc
->address
= addr
;
2024 /* Just cover the bytes that make up the bitfield. */
2025 loc
->length
= ((bitpos
% 8) + bitsize
+ 7) / 8;
2028 loc
->length
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
2030 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
2035 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
2036 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
2037 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
2042 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
2043 struct bp_location
*bl
;
2045 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
2049 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
2052 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
2053 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
2054 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
2056 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
2057 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
2058 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
2059 this watchpoint in as well. */
2061 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
2062 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
2063 hardware watchpoint type. */
2064 type
= b
->base
.type
;
2065 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
2066 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
2068 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
2069 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
2070 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
2071 through watch_command), so always account for it
2074 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
2075 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b
->base
, type
, &other_type_used
);
2077 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
2078 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b
->base
);
2081 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
2082 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
2084 int sw_mode
= b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
);
2086 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
2087 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
2088 "hardware watchpoint."));
2089 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
2090 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
2091 "resources for this watchpoint."));
2093 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
2094 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2098 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
2099 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
2100 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
2102 b
->base
.type
= type
;
2105 else if (!b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
2107 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
2108 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
2109 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
2111 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
2112 "read/access watchpoint."));
2115 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2117 loc_type
= (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
2118 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
2119 for (bl
= b
->base
.loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
2120 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
2123 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
2125 next
= value_next (v
);
2130 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
2131 above left it without any location set up. But,
2132 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
2133 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
2134 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->base
.loc
== NULL
)
2136 struct breakpoint
*base
= &b
->base
;
2137 base
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (base
);
2138 base
->loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
2139 base
->loc
->address
= -1;
2140 base
->loc
->length
= -1;
2141 base
->loc
->watchpoint_type
= -1;
2144 else if (!within_current_scope
)
2146 printf_filtered (_("\
2147 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
2148 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
2150 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
2153 /* Restore the selected frame. */
2155 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
2159 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
2160 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
2161 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
2162 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
2163 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2165 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2167 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
2170 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2173 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
2176 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
2179 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2180 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2181 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2182 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2183 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2184 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2185 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2186 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2187 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
2190 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2192 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2193 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2194 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
2199 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2200 "infrun: skipping breakpoint: "
2201 "stepping past insn at: %s\n",
2202 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2207 /* Don't insert watchpoints if we're trying to step past the
2208 instruction that triggered one. */
2209 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2210 && stepping_past_nonsteppable_watchpoint ())
2214 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2215 "infrun: stepping past non-steppable watchpoint. "
2216 "skipping watchpoint at %s:%d\n",
2217 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
2226 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2227 that the location is not duplicated. */
2230 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2233 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
2236 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
2237 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
2241 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2242 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2243 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2244 any error during parsing. */
2246 static struct agent_expr
*
2247 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
2249 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2254 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2255 that may show up. */
2258 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
2261 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2263 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2264 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2265 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2270 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2274 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2275 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2276 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2277 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2278 one of them is true. */
2281 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2283 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2284 int null_condition_or_parse_error
= 0;
2285 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2286 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2288 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2289 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.conditions
);
2291 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2292 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2293 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2295 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2296 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2299 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2300 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2301 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2302 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2303 response back to GDB. */
2304 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2307 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2311 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2313 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2314 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2315 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2316 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2317 aexpr
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
, loc
->cond
);
2318 loc
->cond_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2320 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2321 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2327 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2328 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2329 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2331 null_condition_or_parse_error
= 1;
2337 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2338 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2339 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2341 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2342 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2343 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2345 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2348 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2350 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2352 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2355 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2356 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
2361 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2362 for this location's address. */
2363 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2367 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2368 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2369 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2371 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2372 conditions to the target. */
2373 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.conditions
,
2374 loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2380 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2381 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2382 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2384 static struct agent_expr
*
2385 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, char *cmd
)
2387 struct cleanup
*old_cleanups
= 0;
2388 struct expression
*expr
, **argvec
;
2389 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2390 const char *cmdrest
;
2391 const char *format_start
, *format_end
;
2392 struct format_piece
*fpieces
;
2394 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
2401 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2403 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2405 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2406 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2408 format_start
= cmdrest
;
2410 fpieces
= parse_format_string (&cmdrest
);
2412 old_cleanups
= make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup
, &fpieces
);
2414 format_end
= cmdrest
;
2416 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2417 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2419 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2421 if (!(*cmdrest
== ',' || *cmdrest
== '\0'))
2422 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2424 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2426 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2428 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2430 argvec
= (struct expression
**) alloca (strlen (cmd
)
2431 * sizeof (struct expression
*));
2434 while (*cmdrest
!= '\0')
2439 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&cmd1
, scope
, block_for_pc (scope
), 1);
2440 argvec
[nargs
++] = expr
;
2442 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2446 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2447 that may show up. */
2450 aexpr
= gen_printf (scope
, gdbarch
, 0, 0,
2451 format_start
, format_end
- format_start
,
2452 fpieces
, nargs
, argvec
);
2454 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2456 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2457 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2458 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2463 do_cleanups (old_cleanups
);
2465 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2469 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2470 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2471 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2474 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2476 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2477 int null_command_or_parse_error
= 0;
2478 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2479 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2481 /* Release commands left over from a previous insert. */
2482 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.tcommands
);
2484 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2487 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2488 if (dprintf_style
!= dprintf_style_agent
)
2491 /* For now, if we have any duplicate location that isn't a dprintf,
2492 don't install the target-side commands, as that would make the
2493 breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2495 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2498 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2499 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2500 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_dprintf
)
2504 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2505 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2506 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2507 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2508 response back to GDB. */
2509 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2512 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2516 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2518 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2519 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2520 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2521 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2522 aexpr
= parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2523 loc
->owner
->extra_string
);
2524 loc
->cmd_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2530 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2531 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2532 if (!loc
->cmd_bytecode
)
2534 null_command_or_parse_error
= 1;
2540 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2542 if (null_command_or_parse_error
)
2544 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2547 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2548 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2550 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2552 if (loc
->cmd_bytecode
== NULL
)
2555 free_agent_expr (loc
->cmd_bytecode
);
2556 loc
->cmd_bytecode
= NULL
;
2561 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2562 for this location's address. */
2563 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2566 if (loc
->owner
->extra_string
2567 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2568 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2569 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2571 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2572 to send the commands to the target. */
2573 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.tcommands
,
2577 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 0;
2578 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2579 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& disconnected_dprintf
)
2580 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 1;
2583 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2584 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2585 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2586 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2589 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2590 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2592 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2593 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2594 int *disabled_breaks
,
2595 int *hw_breakpoint_error
,
2596 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2598 enum errors bp_err
= GDB_NO_ERROR
;
2599 const char *bp_err_message
= NULL
;
2601 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2604 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2605 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2606 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2607 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2608 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2609 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2610 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2611 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2612 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2613 bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
= bl
->address
;
2614 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2615 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2617 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2618 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2619 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2620 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2622 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2624 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2625 build_target_command_list (bl
);
2626 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2627 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2630 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2631 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2633 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
2635 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2636 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2637 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2639 Two important cases are:
2640 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2641 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2642 hardware breakpoint.
2643 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2644 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2645 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2648 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2649 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2650 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2651 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2653 struct mem_region
*mr
2654 = lookup_mem_region (bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
);
2658 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2660 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
2662 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2663 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
2665 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
2667 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
2669 static int said
= 0;
2671 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
2674 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
2675 _("Note: automatically using "
2676 "hardware breakpoints for "
2677 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2682 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2683 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2685 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2686 _("Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2687 "Cannot set software breakpoint "
2688 "at read-only address %s\n"),
2690 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2696 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2697 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2698 || bl
->section
== NULL
2699 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2701 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2706 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2708 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2710 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2713 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2719 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2720 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2721 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2723 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2724 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2725 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2726 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2727 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2731 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2733 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2734 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2735 bl
->overlay_target_info
.reqstd_address
= addr
;
2737 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2742 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2743 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2745 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2747 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2750 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2754 if (bp_err
!= GDB_NO_ERROR
)
2755 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2756 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2757 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2761 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2762 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2764 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2769 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2771 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2773 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2776 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2782 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2783 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2788 if (bp_err
!= GDB_NO_ERROR
)
2790 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2792 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2793 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2794 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2795 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2796 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2797 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2798 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2799 errors as memory errors. */
2800 if ((bp_err
== GENERIC_ERROR
|| bp_err
== MEMORY_ERROR
)
2801 && bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2802 && (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
2803 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
2806 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2807 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2808 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl
->owner
);
2809 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2811 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2812 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2814 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2815 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2816 "library breakpoints:\n");
2818 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2819 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2820 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2825 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2827 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2828 *hw_bp_error_explained_already
= bp_err_message
!= NULL
;
2829 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2830 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2831 bl
->owner
->number
, bp_err_message
? ":" : ".\n");
2832 if (bp_err_message
!= NULL
)
2833 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "%s.\n", bp_err_message
);
2837 if (bp_err_message
== NULL
)
2840 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO
,
2841 bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
);
2842 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
2844 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2845 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2847 bl
->owner
->number
, message
);
2848 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2852 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2853 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2868 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2869 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2870 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2871 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2875 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2876 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2878 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2880 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2881 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2882 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2884 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2886 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2887 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2889 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2891 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2892 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2896 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2897 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2904 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2905 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2908 /* Back to the original value. */
2909 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2913 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2916 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2920 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2921 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2923 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2926 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2930 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2931 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2933 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2936 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2938 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2939 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2940 so just return success. */
2947 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2948 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2952 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
2954 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
2955 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2957 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2958 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
2960 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
2961 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2964 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2965 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2966 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2968 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
2970 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
2972 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2973 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
2974 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
2976 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
2977 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
2979 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
2985 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2986 removed locations above. */
2987 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
2990 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2991 Throws exception on any error.
2992 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2993 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2995 insert_breakpoints (void)
2997 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2999 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
3000 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
3002 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
3004 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
3007 /* Updating watchpoints creates new locations, so update the global
3008 location list. Explicitly tell ugll to insert locations and
3009 ignore breakpoints_always_inserted_mode. */
3010 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
3013 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
3016 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback
)
3018 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
3020 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
3022 callback (loc
, NULL
);
3026 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
3027 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
3028 always-inserted mode. */
3031 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
3033 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3036 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
3037 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
3038 int hw_bp_details_reported
= 0;
3040 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
3041 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
3043 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3044 there was an error. */
3045 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
3047 save_current_space_and_thread ();
3049 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3051 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
3053 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
3056 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
3057 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
3058 deletion of breakpoints. */
3059 if (!bl
->inserted
|| (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
3062 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3064 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3065 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3066 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3067 insert breakpoints. */
3068 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3069 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
3072 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
3073 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_details_reported
);
3080 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3081 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3084 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
3087 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
3090 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
3092 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
3093 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3096 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
3097 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
3098 int hw_bp_error_explained_already
= 0;
3100 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
3101 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
3103 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
3104 there was an error. */
3105 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
3107 save_current_space_and_thread ();
3109 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3111 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
3114 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
3115 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
3116 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3117 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
3118 && !valid_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
3121 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3123 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3124 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3125 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3126 insert breakpoints. */
3127 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3128 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
3131 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
3132 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_error_explained_already
);
3137 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
3138 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
3139 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
3141 int some_failed
= 0;
3142 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3144 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
3147 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
3150 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
3153 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3154 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
3161 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3163 remove_breakpoint (loc
, mark_uninserted
);
3165 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
3166 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
3167 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
3175 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3176 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3177 if (hw_breakpoint_error
&& !hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
3179 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
3180 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3181 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3183 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3184 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3187 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
3190 /* Used when the program stops.
3191 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3192 removing a breakpoint location. */
3195 remove_breakpoints (void)
3197 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3200 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3202 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
3203 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
3208 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3212 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info
*tp
, int silent
)
3214 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3216 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3218 if (b
->thread
== tp
->num
&& user_breakpoint_p (b
))
3220 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3222 printf_filtered (_("\
3223 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %d no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3224 b
->number
, tp
->num
);
3226 /* Hide it from the user. */
3232 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
3235 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
3237 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3239 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
3241 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3243 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3246 if (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->target_info
.persist
)
3248 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
3257 reattach_breakpoints (int pid
)
3259 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3260 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3262 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
;
3263 int dummy1
= 0, dummy2
= 0, dummy3
= 0;
3264 struct inferior
*inf
;
3265 struct thread_info
*tp
;
3267 tp
= any_live_thread_of_process (pid
);
3271 inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
3272 old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3274 inferior_ptid
= tp
->ptid
;
3276 tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
3277 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
3279 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3281 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3287 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &dummy1
, &dummy2
, &dummy3
);
3290 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3295 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3299 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
3301 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3302 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3303 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3304 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3305 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3306 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3308 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
3311 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3314 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
3315 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
3319 static struct breakpoint
*
3320 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
3321 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
3322 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
3324 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
3325 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3327 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3330 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
3331 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
3333 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
3334 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3335 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
3340 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
3342 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3344 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3346 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3347 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3349 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3350 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym
;
3352 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3353 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
];
3355 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3356 int longjmp_searched
;
3358 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3359 VEC (probe_p
) *longjmp_probes
;
3361 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3362 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym
;
3364 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3365 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym
;
3367 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3368 int exception_searched
;
3370 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3371 VEC (probe_p
) *exception_probes
;
3374 static const struct objfile_data
*breakpoint_objfile_key
;
3376 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3377 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
3379 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3382 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
3384 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
3387 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3388 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3390 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
3391 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
3393 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3395 bp_objfile_data
= objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
);
3396 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
3399 XOBNEW (&objfile
->objfile_obstack
, struct breakpoint_objfile_data
);
3401 memset (bp_objfile_data
, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3402 set_objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
, bp_objfile_data
);
3404 return bp_objfile_data
;
3408 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile
*obj
, void *data
)
3410 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
= data
;
3412 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
);
3413 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
);
3417 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3419 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3420 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
3422 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3424 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3425 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3427 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3429 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3431 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
))
3434 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3436 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3438 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3439 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3441 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3442 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3445 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
3448 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
3449 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3451 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3452 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3453 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3454 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3456 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
3458 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
3459 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
3463 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3464 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
3467 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
3471 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3473 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3474 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3476 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3478 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3480 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3482 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3484 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3487 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3488 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3490 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3492 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3494 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
)
3498 ret
= find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libc", "longjmp");
3501 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3502 struct probe
*p
= VEC_index (probe_p
, ret
, 0);
3504 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p
))
3506 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3507 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3508 VEC_free (probe_p
, ret
);
3512 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
= ret
;
3513 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
= 1;
3516 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
!= NULL
)
3519 struct probe
*probe
;
3520 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3523 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3524 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
,
3528 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3530 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3531 get_probe_address (probe
,
3534 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3536 = new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3537 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3543 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
3546 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
3548 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3549 const char *func_name
;
3551 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3553 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
))
3556 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
3557 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
== NULL
)
3559 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3561 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3562 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3564 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3565 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3568 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
3571 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
3572 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
3573 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3574 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3575 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3576 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3577 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3581 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
3583 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3586 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3588 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3590 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3591 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3592 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
3594 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3596 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3598 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3601 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3603 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3605 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3606 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3607 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3609 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3611 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
))
3614 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3616 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3618 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3619 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_text
3620 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_file_text
))
3622 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3623 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3626 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
3629 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
3630 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3631 bp_std_terminate_master
,
3632 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3633 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3634 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3635 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3636 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3640 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
3642 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3645 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3648 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3650 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3651 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3653 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3655 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3656 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3657 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3659 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3661 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3663 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3664 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
)
3668 ret
= find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libgcc", "unwind");
3672 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3673 struct probe
*p
= VEC_index (probe_p
, ret
, 0);
3675 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p
))
3677 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3678 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3679 VEC_free (probe_p
, ret
);
3683 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
= ret
;
3684 bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
= 1;
3687 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
!= NULL
)
3689 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3691 struct probe
*probe
;
3694 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3695 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
,
3699 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3701 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3702 get_probe_address (probe
,
3704 bp_exception_master
,
3705 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3707 = new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3708 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3714 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3716 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
))
3719 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3721 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3723 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook
;
3725 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3726 if (debug_hook
.minsym
== NULL
)
3728 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3732 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
3735 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
3736 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
,
3738 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
3739 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3740 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3741 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3742 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3743 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3746 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
3750 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3752 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3753 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
3755 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3756 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3757 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3758 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3759 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3760 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3761 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3762 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3763 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
3764 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3765 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
3767 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3769 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
3772 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3773 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
3775 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3779 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3780 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3782 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3786 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3787 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3788 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3789 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3790 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3792 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3796 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3797 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3799 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3803 /* Just like single-step breakpoints. */
3804 if (b
->type
== bp_single_step
)
3806 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3810 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3812 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3813 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3814 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3816 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3820 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3822 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3823 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3824 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3825 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3829 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3830 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3831 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3832 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3833 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3834 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3836 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3837 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3838 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3839 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3840 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3841 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3842 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3844 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3845 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3846 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3847 let finish_command delete it.
3849 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3850 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3851 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3852 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3853 solib breakpoints.) */
3855 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3860 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3861 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3863 if (event_location_empty_p (b
->location
))
3865 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3872 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid
)
3874 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3876 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3877 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3879 if (ptid_get_pid (ptid
) == ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
))
3880 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3882 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3883 inferior_ptid
= ptid
;
3884 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3886 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3889 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3890 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3891 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3892 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3893 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3894 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3895 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_other
)
3899 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, mark_inserted
);
3902 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3906 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3907 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3908 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3909 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3910 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3913 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
3917 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3918 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3920 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3921 This should not ever happen. */
3922 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3924 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3925 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3927 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3928 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3929 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3931 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3932 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3933 || bl
->section
== NULL
3934 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3936 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3938 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3939 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3940 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3941 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3942 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3943 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3944 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3945 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3946 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3947 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3948 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3949 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3950 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3951 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3952 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3953 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3954 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3955 they should always be removed. */
3956 if (bl
->shlib_disabled
3957 && bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
!= 0
3958 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
))
3961 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3965 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3966 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3967 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
3969 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3970 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3972 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3973 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3974 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3975 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3976 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3978 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3979 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3981 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3982 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3985 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3986 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3987 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3988 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3990 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3991 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3992 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3993 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3994 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3995 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
4001 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
4006 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
4007 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
4008 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
4009 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
4010 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
4011 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
4012 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
4013 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
4014 always-inserted mode. */
4016 && (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4017 && (bl
->shlib_disabled
4018 || solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
4019 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
4025 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
4027 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
4029 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
4030 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
4032 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
4033 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
4035 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
4036 if ((is
== mark_uninserted
) && (bl
->inserted
))
4037 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
4040 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
4041 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4044 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
4045 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
4047 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
4051 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
4058 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
4061 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
4063 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
4064 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
4066 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
4067 This should not ever happen. */
4068 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
4070 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
4072 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
4074 ret
= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, is
);
4076 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4080 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
4083 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
4085 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4087 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4088 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
4092 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
4093 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
4095 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
4098 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
4099 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
4100 init_wait_for_inferior). */
4105 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
4107 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
4108 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4110 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
4112 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
4114 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
4117 mark_breakpoints_out ();
4119 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
4121 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
4127 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
4129 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
4130 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
4133 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4135 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
4137 case bp_shlib_event
:
4139 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
4140 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
4141 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
4142 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
4143 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
4145 (gdb) file prog-linux
4146 (gdb) run # native linux target
4149 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
4150 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
4153 case bp_step_resume
:
4155 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
4157 case bp_single_step
:
4159 /* Also remove single-step breakpoints. */
4161 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4165 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4166 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4167 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4169 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4171 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
4172 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
4173 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4174 else if (context
== inf_starting
)
4176 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
4177 insert_breakpoints. */
4179 value_free (w
->val
);
4190 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
4191 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bl
); ++ix
)
4192 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
4193 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
4196 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
4197 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
4198 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
4199 match, not program space. */
4201 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
4202 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
4203 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
4204 permanent breakpoint.
4205 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
4206 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
4207 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
4208 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
4209 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
4211 enum breakpoint_here
4212 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4214 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4215 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
4217 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4219 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4220 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4223 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4224 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4226 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4228 if (overlay_debugging
4229 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4230 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4231 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4232 else if (bl
->permanent
)
4233 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
4235 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
4239 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: no_breakpoint_here
;
4242 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4245 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4247 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4250 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
4251 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
4257 /* Returns non-zero iff BL is inserted at PC, in address space
4261 bp_location_inserted_here_p (struct bp_location
*bl
,
4262 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4265 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
4268 if (overlay_debugging
4269 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4270 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4271 return 0; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4278 /* Returns non-zero iff there's a breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4281 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4283 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4284 struct bp_location
*bl
;
4286 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4288 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4290 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4291 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4294 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4300 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4304 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4307 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4308 struct bp_location
*bl
;
4310 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4312 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4314 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
4317 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4324 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4327 hardware_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4330 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4331 struct bp_location
*bl
;
4333 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4335 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4337 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4340 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4348 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4349 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4351 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
4353 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
4355 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4357 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
4358 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
4361 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
4364 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4365 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
4369 /* Check for intersection. */
4370 l
= max (loc
->address
, addr
);
4371 h
= min (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
4380 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4384 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
4386 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
4389 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4393 bpstat_free (bpstat bs
)
4395 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4396 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4397 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4398 decref_bp_location (&bs
->bp_location_at
);
4402 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4403 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4406 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
4423 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4424 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4427 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
4431 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
4436 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4438 tmp
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp
));
4439 memcpy (tmp
, bs
, sizeof (*tmp
));
4440 incref_counted_command_line (tmp
->commands
);
4441 incref_bp_location (tmp
->bp_location_at
);
4442 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4444 tmp
->old_val
= value_copy (bs
->old_val
);
4445 release_value (tmp
->old_val
);
4449 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4459 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4462 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
4467 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4469 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
4475 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4478 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
4480 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4482 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4484 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4486 if (sig
== GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
4491 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->ops
->explains_signal (bsp
->breakpoint_at
,
4500 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4501 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4502 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4503 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4505 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4506 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4508 Return 1 otherwise. */
4511 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
4513 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4516 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4518 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4519 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4520 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4521 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
4522 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
4524 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4526 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
4530 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4533 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4535 struct thread_info
*tp
;
4538 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4541 tp
= find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid
);
4545 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4547 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4549 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4551 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4557 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4560 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4562 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4564 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4566 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4567 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4568 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4569 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4570 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
4574 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
4577 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4580 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
4582 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
4585 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4586 or its equivalent. */
4589 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
4591 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0);
4594 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4595 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4596 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4597 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4599 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4600 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4601 bpstat of the current thread. */
4604 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
4607 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
4610 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4612 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
4615 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
4616 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
4618 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4620 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4623 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
4624 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4626 struct counted_command_line
*ccmd
;
4627 struct command_line
*cmd
;
4628 struct cleanup
*this_cmd_tree_chain
;
4630 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4632 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4633 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4634 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4635 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4636 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4637 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4638 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4639 the tree when we're done. */
4640 ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
4641 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4642 this_cmd_tree_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd
);
4643 cmd
= ccmd
? ccmd
->commands
: NULL
;
4644 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
4646 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4652 execute_control_command (cmd
);
4654 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4660 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4661 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain
);
4663 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4665 if (interpreter_async
)
4666 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4667 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4668 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4671 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4672 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4673 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4674 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4675 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4676 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4677 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4678 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4679 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4680 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4681 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4682 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4683 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4688 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4693 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4695 struct cleanup
*cleanup_if_error
= make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4697 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4698 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
4699 && target_has_execution
4700 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
4701 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
4702 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4703 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4704 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4705 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4706 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control
.stop_bpstat
))
4709 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error
);
4712 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4715 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
4718 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
4721 struct value_print_options opts
;
4722 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4723 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
4727 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4728 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4729 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4730 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4733 static enum print_stop_action
4734 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
4736 switch (bs
->print_it
)
4739 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4740 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4744 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4745 relevant messages. */
4746 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
4749 case print_it_normal
:
4751 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4753 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4754 which has since been deleted. */
4756 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4758 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4759 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
4764 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4765 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4770 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4773 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint
)
4776 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
);
4778 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
);
4782 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
4783 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4784 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4786 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4787 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4788 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4791 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
4792 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "reason",
4793 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4797 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4801 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4802 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4805 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
4810 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4811 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", name
);
4812 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4815 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4820 struct so_list
*iter
;
4822 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4824 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4825 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4828 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
4833 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4834 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", iter
->so_name
);
4835 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4838 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4842 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4843 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4844 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4845 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4846 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4847 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4848 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4851 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4852 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4853 code to print the location. An example is
4854 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4856 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4857 to also print the location part of the message.
4858 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4859 don't require a location appended to the end.
4860 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4861 further info to be printed. */
4863 enum print_stop_action
4864 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
, int kind
)
4866 enum print_stop_action val
;
4868 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4869 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4870 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4871 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4872 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4874 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4875 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4876 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4877 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4881 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4882 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4883 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4884 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4886 print_solib_event (0);
4887 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4890 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4891 with and nothing was printed. */
4892 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4895 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
4896 This returns the inverse of the condition because it is called
4897 from catch_errors which returns 0 if an exception happened, and if an
4898 exception happens we want execution to stop.
4899 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4900 "void *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4903 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp
)
4905 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4906 int i
= !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression
*) exp
));
4908 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4912 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4915 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
4919 bs
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs
));
4921 **bs_link_pointer
= bs
;
4922 *bs_link_pointer
= &bs
->next
;
4923 bs
->breakpoint_at
= bl
->owner
;
4924 bs
->bp_location_at
= bl
;
4925 incref_bp_location (bl
);
4926 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4927 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4929 bs
->print_it
= print_it_normal
;
4933 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4934 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4937 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4939 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4941 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4943 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
4945 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4946 as not triggered. */
4948 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4950 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4952 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4958 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
4960 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4961 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4963 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4965 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4967 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
4973 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4974 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4978 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4980 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4981 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4983 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4984 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4986 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
4988 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4989 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4991 if (newaddr
== start
)
4993 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4997 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4998 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
5002 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5011 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
5012 because of check_errors). */
5013 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
5014 #define WP_DELETED 1
5015 /* The value has changed. */
5016 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
5017 /* The value has not changed. */
5018 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
5019 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
5022 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
5023 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
5025 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
5028 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
5029 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
5032 watchpoint_check (void *p
)
5034 bpstat bs
= (bpstat
) p
;
5035 struct watchpoint
*b
;
5036 struct frame_info
*fr
;
5037 int within_current_scope
;
5039 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
5040 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
5041 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5043 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
5044 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
5045 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
5046 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
5049 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5050 within_current_scope
= 1;
5053 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
5054 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5055 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
5057 /* stack_frame_destroyed_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
5058 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
5059 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
5060 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
5061 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
5062 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
5063 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
5064 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
5065 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
5066 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
5069 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
5070 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
5072 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
5073 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
5074 if (within_current_scope
)
5076 struct symbol
*function
;
5078 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
5079 if (function
== NULL
5080 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
5081 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
5082 within_current_scope
= 0;
5085 if (within_current_scope
)
5086 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
5087 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
5092 if (within_current_scope
)
5094 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
5095 time before we return to the command level and call
5096 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
5097 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
5101 struct value
*new_val
;
5103 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
5104 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
5105 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
5106 a mask watchpoint. */
5107 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
5109 mark
= value_mark ();
5110 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
5112 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
5113 new_val
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, new_val
);
5115 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
5116 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
5117 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
5118 not what we want. */
5119 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
5120 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
, new_val
)))
5122 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
5124 release_value (new_val
);
5125 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5127 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
5130 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
5134 /* Nothing changed. */
5135 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5136 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
5141 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5143 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
5144 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
5145 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
5146 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
5147 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
5148 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
5149 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
5150 the first value assigned). */
5151 /* We print all the stop information in
5152 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
5153 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
5154 already. So we have no choice but print the information
5156 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
5158 (uiout
, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
5159 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nWatchpoint ");
5160 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "wpnum", b
->base
.number
);
5162 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
5163 which its expression is valid.\n");
5165 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
5166 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->base
.commands
);
5167 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5173 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
5174 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
5175 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
5178 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
5179 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
5180 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5182 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
5184 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
5185 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5187 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
5190 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
5191 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
5194 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
5196 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5197 struct watchpoint
*b
;
5199 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5200 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5201 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5202 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5203 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5206 int must_check_value
= 0;
5208 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5209 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5211 must_check_value
= 1;
5212 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
5213 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5214 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5216 must_check_value
= 1;
5217 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
5218 && b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
5219 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5220 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5221 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5222 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5223 must_check_value
= 1;
5225 if (must_check_value
)
5228 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
5230 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
5231 int e
= catch_errors (watchpoint_check
, bs
, message
,
5233 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
5237 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5238 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5242 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5245 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
5246 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5248 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5250 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5251 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5252 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5253 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5254 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5255 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5256 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5259 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5260 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5263 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5264 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5265 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5266 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5268 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5269 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5270 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5273 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5274 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5275 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5276 changes. This still gives false positives when
5277 the program writes the same value to memory as
5278 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5279 it for a read), but it's much better than
5282 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
5284 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
5286 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
5288 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
5289 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5290 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
5292 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
5293 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
5295 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
5296 == watch_triggered_yes
)
5298 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
5304 if (other_write_watchpoint
5305 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
5307 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5308 and the value changed since the last time we
5309 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5311 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5316 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
5317 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5318 || b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5320 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5321 the value hasn't changed. */
5322 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5330 /* Error from catch_errors. */
5331 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b
->base
.number
);
5332 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5333 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5334 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5338 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5340 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5341 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5342 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5343 anything for this watchpoint. */
5344 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5350 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5351 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5352 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5353 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5356 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
5358 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5359 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5360 int value_is_zero
= 0;
5361 struct expression
*cond
;
5363 gdb_assert (bs
->stop
);
5365 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5366 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5367 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5368 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5369 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5371 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5372 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5373 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5375 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
5376 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5382 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5383 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5385 if ((b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
))
5386 || (b
->task
!= 0 && b
->task
!= ada_get_task_number (ptid
)))
5393 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5395 bs
->stop
= breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b
);
5397 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5399 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5406 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
5408 int within_current_scope
= 1;
5409 struct watchpoint
* w
;
5411 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5412 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5413 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5414 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5416 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5418 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5419 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5423 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5424 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5425 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5426 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5427 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5429 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5430 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5433 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5435 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5436 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5437 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5438 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5439 really matter which instantiation of the function
5440 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5441 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5442 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5443 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5444 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5445 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5446 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5447 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5449 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
5451 select_frame (frame
);
5453 within_current_scope
= 0;
5455 if (within_current_scope
)
5457 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval
, cond
,
5458 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5462 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5463 "in the current scope"));
5464 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5465 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5468 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5469 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5472 if (cond
&& value_is_zero
)
5476 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
5480 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5482 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5486 /* Returns true if we need to track moribund locations of LOC's type
5487 on the current target. */
5490 need_moribund_for_location_type (struct bp_location
*loc
)
5492 return ((loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
5493 && !target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ())
5494 || (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
5495 && !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ()));
5499 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5500 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5502 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5503 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5506 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5508 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5510 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5511 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5512 several reasons concurrently.)
5514 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5515 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5518 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
5519 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
,
5520 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5522 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
5523 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5524 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5525 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5526 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
5527 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5530 int need_remove_insert
;
5533 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5534 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5535 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5536 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5537 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5538 inferior function calls. */
5542 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5545 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5547 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5548 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5549 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5550 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5551 checked all locations already. */
5552 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
5555 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
)
5558 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
5561 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5564 bs
= bpstat_alloc (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5567 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5568 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5569 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5573 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5574 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5575 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5577 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
5579 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
5581 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5586 /* Check if a moribund breakpoint explains the stop. */
5587 if (!target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ()
5588 || !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ())
5590 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
5592 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
)
5593 && need_moribund_for_location_type (loc
))
5595 bs
= bpstat_alloc (loc
, &bs_link
);
5596 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5599 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5604 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5605 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5606 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5608 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5610 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
5612 handle_solib_event ();
5617 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5618 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5619 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5623 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5628 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5629 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
5632 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
5637 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5639 /* We will stop here. */
5640 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
5642 --(b
->enable_count
);
5643 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0)
5644 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5649 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
5650 incref_counted_command_line (bs
->commands
);
5651 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
5652 ? bs
->commands
->commands
: NULL
))
5655 b
->ops
->after_condition_true (bs
);
5660 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5662 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
5663 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5666 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5667 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5668 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5670 need_remove_insert
= 0;
5671 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
5672 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5674 && bs
->breakpoint_at
5675 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
5677 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5679 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5680 need_remove_insert
= 1;
5683 if (need_remove_insert
)
5684 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
5685 else if (removed_any
)
5686 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
5692 handle_jit_event (void)
5694 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5695 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
5698 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "handling bp_jit_event\n");
5700 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5701 breakpoint_re_set. */
5702 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5704 frame
= get_current_frame ();
5705 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5707 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
);
5709 target_terminal_inferior ();
5712 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5714 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5717 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
5719 struct bpstat_what retval
;
5723 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5724 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
5725 retval
.is_longjmp
= 0;
5727 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5729 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5730 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5731 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5734 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
5736 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5737 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5741 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
5748 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5749 case bp_single_step
:
5752 case bp_shlib_event
:
5756 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5758 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5761 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5764 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5765 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5766 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5770 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5772 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5776 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5777 This requires no further action. */
5781 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5785 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5786 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
!= bp_exception
;
5789 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5791 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5792 case bp_exception_resume
:
5795 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5796 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
5799 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5801 case bp_step_resume
:
5803 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
5806 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5807 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5810 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5812 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5815 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5816 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5819 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5820 case bp_thread_event
:
5821 case bp_overlay_event
:
5822 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5823 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5824 case bp_exception_master
:
5825 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5831 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5833 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5837 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5838 This requires no further action. */
5843 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5846 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5847 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5848 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5849 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5851 case bp_std_terminate
:
5852 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5853 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5854 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5855 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5858 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5859 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5860 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5861 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5863 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5864 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5866 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5867 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5868 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5870 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5871 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5872 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5873 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5878 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5880 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5884 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5885 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
5888 retval
.main_action
= max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
5895 bpstat_run_callbacks (bpstat bs_head
)
5899 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5901 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5908 handle_jit_event ();
5910 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5911 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
5913 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5914 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
5920 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5921 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5922 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5925 bpstat_should_step (void)
5927 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5930 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
5936 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
5938 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5947 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5948 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5949 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5952 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
5954 static char wrap_indent
[80];
5955 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
5959 for (i
= 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout
, i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
5961 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
5963 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
5964 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
5965 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
5970 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
5976 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5977 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5979 "host": Host evals condition.
5980 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5981 "target": Target evals condition.
5985 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5987 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5988 char host_evals
= 0;
5989 char target_evals
= 0;
5994 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
5997 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5998 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5999 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6001 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6003 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
6009 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
6010 return condition_evaluation_both
;
6011 else if (target_evals
)
6012 return condition_evaluation_target
;
6014 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6017 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
6018 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
6021 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6023 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
6026 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
6027 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
6028 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6030 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
6031 return condition_evaluation_target
;
6033 return condition_evaluation_host
;
6036 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
6039 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6040 struct bp_location
*loc
)
6042 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6043 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
6045 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6049 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
6051 if (b
->display_canonical
)
6052 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what",
6053 event_location_to_string (b
->location
));
6054 else if (loc
&& loc
->symtab
)
6057 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
6060 ui_out_text (uiout
, "in ");
6061 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
6062 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
6063 ui_out_text (uiout
, " ");
6064 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout
, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
6065 ui_out_text (uiout
, "at ");
6067 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file",
6068 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc
->symtab
));
6069 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
6071 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6072 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname",
6073 symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
));
6075 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", loc
->line_number
);
6079 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
6080 struct cleanup
*stb_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
6082 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, stb
,
6084 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "at", stb
);
6086 do_cleanups (stb_chain
);
6090 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "pending",
6091 event_location_to_string (b
->location
));
6092 /* If extra_string is available, it could be holding a condition
6093 or dprintf arguments. In either case, make sure it is printed,
6094 too, but only for non-MI streams. */
6095 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
) && b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
6097 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
6098 ui_out_text (uiout
, ",");
6100 ui_out_text (uiout
, " ");
6101 ui_out_text (uiout
, b
->extra_string
);
6105 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
6106 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
6107 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
6109 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
6110 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
6111 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
6112 ui_out_text (uiout
, ")");
6115 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6119 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
6121 struct ep_type_description
6126 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
6128 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
6129 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
6130 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
6131 {bp_single_step
, "sw single-step"},
6132 {bp_until
, "until"},
6133 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
6134 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
6135 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
6136 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
6137 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
6138 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
6139 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
6140 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy
, "longjmp for call dummy"},
6141 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
6142 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
6143 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
6144 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
6145 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
6146 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
6147 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
6148 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
6149 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
6150 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
6151 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
6152 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
6153 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
6154 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
6155 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
6156 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
6157 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
6158 {bp_dprintf
, "dprintf"},
6159 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
6160 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
6161 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
6164 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
6165 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
6166 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6167 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
6170 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
6173 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
6174 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
6177 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out
*uiout
,
6178 const char *field_name
,
6182 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
6183 int is_mi
= ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
);
6187 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6188 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
6189 if (!is_mi
&& mi_only
)
6192 back_to
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (uiout
, field_name
);
6194 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num
, i
, inf
); ++i
)
6200 xsnprintf (mi_group
, sizeof (mi_group
), "i%d", inf
);
6201 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, NULL
, mi_group
);
6206 ui_out_text (uiout
, " inf ");
6208 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
6210 ui_out_text (uiout
, plongest (inf
));
6214 do_cleanups (back_to
);
6217 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
6220 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6221 struct bp_location
*loc
,
6223 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6226 struct command_line
*l
;
6227 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
6229 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6230 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
6231 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
6232 struct value_print_options opts
;
6234 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6236 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
6237 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6238 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6241 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
6242 header_of_multiple
= 1;
6250 if (part_of_multiple
)
6253 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
6254 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "number", formatted
);
6259 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
6264 if (part_of_multiple
)
6265 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "type");
6267 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
6271 if (part_of_multiple
)
6272 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "disp");
6274 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
6279 if (part_of_multiple
)
6280 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
6282 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout
, "enabled", "%c",
6283 bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
6284 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 2);
6288 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
6290 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
6291 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
6292 make sure there's just one location. */
6293 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
6294 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
6300 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6301 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
6305 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6306 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6307 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6309 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6311 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6312 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6313 is relatively readable). */
6314 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6315 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
6317 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", w
->exp_string
);
6322 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6323 case bp_single_step
:
6327 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6328 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
6330 case bp_exception_resume
:
6331 case bp_step_resume
:
6332 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
6333 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6335 case bp_std_terminate
:
6336 case bp_shlib_event
:
6337 case bp_thread_event
:
6338 case bp_overlay_event
:
6339 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6340 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
6341 case bp_exception_master
:
6343 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6344 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
6347 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6348 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6349 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6352 if (header_of_multiple
)
6353 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6354 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6355 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
6357 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
6358 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
6361 if (!header_of_multiple
)
6362 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
6369 if (loc
!= NULL
&& !header_of_multiple
)
6371 struct inferior
*inf
;
6372 VEC(int) *inf_num
= NULL
;
6377 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
6378 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num
, inf
->num
);
6381 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6382 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6384 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6385 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6386 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6387 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6388 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6389 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
))
6391 output_thread_groups (uiout
, "thread-groups", inf_num
, mi_only
);
6392 VEC_free (int, inf_num
);
6395 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6397 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6399 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6400 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6401 ui_out_text (uiout
, " thread ");
6402 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
6404 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
6406 ui_out_text (uiout
, " task ");
6407 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "task", b
->task
);
6411 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6413 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6414 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
6416 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
6419 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6420 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6422 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "frame",
6423 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
6424 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6427 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
6430 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6431 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace only if ");
6433 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only if ");
6434 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "cond", b
->cond_string
);
6436 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6437 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6438 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
6439 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6440 == condition_evaluation_target
)
6442 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
6443 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
6444 bp_condition_evaluator (b
));
6445 ui_out_text (uiout
, " evals)");
6447 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6450 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
6452 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6453 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in thread ");
6454 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
6455 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6458 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6462 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6463 if (is_catchpoint (b
))
6464 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tcatchpoint");
6465 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6466 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttracepoint");
6468 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tbreakpoint");
6469 ui_out_text (uiout
, " already hit ");
6470 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6471 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
6472 ui_out_text (uiout
, " time\n");
6474 ui_out_text (uiout
, " times\n");
6478 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6479 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6480 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6484 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
6487 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tignore next ");
6488 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
6489 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6492 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6493 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6494 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6495 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
6498 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tdisable after ");
6499 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6500 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6501 if (b
->ignore_count
)
6502 ui_out_text (uiout
, "additional ");
6504 ui_out_text (uiout
, "next ");
6505 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "enable", b
->enable_count
);
6506 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6509 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
6511 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6513 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
6515 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6516 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
6517 ui_out_text (uiout
, " bytes\n");
6521 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
6522 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
6524 struct cleanup
*script_chain
;
6527 script_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "script");
6528 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
6529 do_cleanups (script_chain
);
6532 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6534 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6536 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
6538 annotate_field (10);
6539 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tpass count ");
6540 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "pass", t
->pass_count
);
6541 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6544 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6546 if (!header_of_multiple
&& loc
!= NULL
&& !loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6548 annotate_field (11);
6550 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6551 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "installed",
6552 loc
->inserted
? "y" : "n");
6556 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\t");
6558 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tnot ");
6559 ui_out_text (uiout
, "installed on target\n");
6564 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
) && !part_of_multiple
)
6566 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6568 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6570 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", w
->exp_string
);
6572 else if (b
->location
!= NULL
6573 && event_location_to_string (b
->location
) != NULL
)
6574 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location",
6575 event_location_to_string (b
->location
));
6580 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6581 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6584 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
;
6585 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6587 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "bkpt");
6589 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
);
6590 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
6592 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6593 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6594 locations, if any. */
6595 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
6597 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6598 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6599 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6602 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6603 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6605 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
6606 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
))
6608 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6611 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
6613 struct cleanup
*inner2
=
6614 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, NULL
);
6615 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
, allflag
);
6616 do_cleanups (inner2
);
6623 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6625 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6626 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6628 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6632 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6633 an address to print. */
6634 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& loc
->watchpoint_type
== -1)
6637 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
6638 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6639 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6642 return print_address_bits
;
6645 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6651 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, void *data
)
6653 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*args
= data
;
6654 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6655 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
6659 if (args
->bnum
== b
->number
)
6661 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
6669 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, int bnum
,
6670 char **error_message
)
6672 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args
;
6675 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6677 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout
, do_captured_breakpoint_query
, &args
,
6678 error_message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
) < 0)
6684 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6685 internal or momentary. */
6688 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6690 return b
->number
> 0;
6693 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6694 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6695 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6696 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6697 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6698 breakpoints listed. */
6701 breakpoint_1 (char *args
, int allflag
,
6702 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
6704 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6705 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
6706 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6707 struct cleanup
*bkpttbl_chain
;
6708 struct value_print_options opts
;
6709 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6710 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
6711 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6713 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6715 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6716 required for address fields. */
6717 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
6720 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6721 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6724 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6725 accept. Skip the others. */
6726 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6728 if (allflag
&& parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6730 if (!allflag
&& !number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6734 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6736 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
6738 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
6739 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6740 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6742 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
6743 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
6744 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
6746 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
6750 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6752 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 6,
6753 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6757 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 5,
6758 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6761 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6762 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6763 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6765 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6766 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6768 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, print_type_col_width
, ui_left
,
6769 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6770 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6772 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6773 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6775 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6776 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6778 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6780 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
6781 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 10, ui_left
,
6782 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6784 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 18, ui_left
,
6785 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6787 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6789 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6790 ui_out_table_body (uiout
);
6791 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6792 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6797 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6798 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6801 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6802 accept. Skip the others. */
6804 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6806 if (allflag
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6808 if (parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6811 else /* all others */
6813 if (!number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6817 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6819 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6820 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, allflag
);
6823 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain
);
6825 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
6827 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6831 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6832 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6834 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0,
6835 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6841 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
6842 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
6845 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6846 there have been breakpoints? */
6847 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6849 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6852 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6853 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6856 default_collect_info (void)
6858 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6860 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6861 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6863 if (!*default_collect
)
6866 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6868 ui_out_text (uiout
, "default collect ");
6869 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "default-collect", default_collect
);
6870 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6874 breakpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6876 breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, NULL
);
6878 default_collect_info ();
6882 watchpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6884 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_watchpoint
);
6885 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6887 if (num_printed
== 0)
6889 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6890 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6892 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
6897 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6899 breakpoint_1 (args
, 1, NULL
);
6901 default_collect_info ();
6905 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6906 struct program_space
*pspace
,
6907 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
6909 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
6911 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6913 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
6914 && bl
->address
== pc
6915 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
6921 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6922 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6926 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6927 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6928 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
6931 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6934 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
6935 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
6939 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6940 else /* if (others == ???) */
6941 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6943 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
6946 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
6947 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
6948 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6949 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6950 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
6951 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6952 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
6953 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
6957 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
6959 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6960 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
6961 printf_filtered (".\n");
6966 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6967 BPT locations. For some breakpoint types, the locations' address members
6968 are irrelevant and it makes no sense to attempt to compare them to other
6969 addresses (or use them for any other purpose either).
6971 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6972 always have a zero valued location address and we don't want to mark
6973 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6974 breakpoint location at address zero:
6982 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
6984 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
6986 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
6989 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6990 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6993 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6994 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6996 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
6997 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
6999 /* Both of them must exist. */
7000 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
7001 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
7003 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
7004 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
7005 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
7006 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
7007 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
7008 other watchpoint. */
7010 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
7012 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
7015 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
7017 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
7021 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
7022 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
7023 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
7024 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
7025 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
7026 become hw_access locations later. */
7027 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
7028 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
7029 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
7030 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
7033 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7036 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
7037 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
7039 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7040 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
7044 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
7045 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
7046 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
7047 space doesn't really matter. */
7050 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
7051 int len1
, struct address_space
*aspace2
,
7054 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
7055 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
7056 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
7059 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
7060 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
7061 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
7062 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
7065 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
7066 struct address_space
*aspace
,
7069 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
7072 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
7073 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
7077 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
7078 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
7079 true, otherwise returns false. */
7082 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7083 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7085 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
7086 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
7087 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
7088 different locations. */
7089 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
7094 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
7095 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
7096 represent the same location. */
7099 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
7100 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
7102 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
7104 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
7105 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
7106 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
7108 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
7109 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
7111 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
7114 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
7115 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
7116 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
7118 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
7119 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
7120 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
7121 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
7125 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
7126 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
7128 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
7129 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
7133 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
7134 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
7136 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
7137 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
7139 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
7142 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
7143 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
7144 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
7145 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
7148 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7149 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
7151 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
7153 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
7156 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
7157 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
7158 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
7159 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
7160 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
7162 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
7163 have their addresses modified. */
7166 else if (bptype
== bp_single_step
)
7168 /* Single-step breakpoints should not have their addresses
7169 modified. If there's any architectural constrain that
7170 applies to this address, then it should have already been
7171 taken into account when the breakpoint was created in the
7172 first place. If we didn't do this, stepping through e.g.,
7173 Thumb-2 IT blocks would break. */
7178 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
7180 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
7181 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
7182 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
7184 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
7185 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
7187 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
7188 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
7190 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
7195 init_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
, const struct bp_location_ops
*ops
,
7196 struct breakpoint
*owner
)
7198 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
7200 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7205 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
7206 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
7209 switch (owner
->type
)
7212 case bp_single_step
:
7216 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
7217 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
7219 case bp_exception_resume
:
7220 case bp_step_resume
:
7221 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
7222 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
7224 case bp_std_terminate
:
7225 case bp_shlib_event
:
7226 case bp_thread_event
:
7227 case bp_overlay_event
:
7229 case bp_longjmp_master
:
7230 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
7231 case bp_exception_master
:
7232 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
7233 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
7235 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
7236 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7238 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
7239 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
7240 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7242 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
7243 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
7244 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
7245 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
7250 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
7251 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
7252 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
7255 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7261 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7263 static struct bp_location
*
7264 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
7266 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
7270 free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
7272 loc
->ops
->dtor (loc
);
7276 /* Increment reference count. */
7279 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7284 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7285 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7288 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
7290 gdb_assert ((*blp
)->refc
> 0);
7292 if (--(*blp
)->refc
== 0)
7293 free_bp_location (*blp
);
7297 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7300 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7302 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
7304 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7305 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7307 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
7309 breakpoint_chain
= b
;
7318 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7321 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7322 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7324 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7326 memset (b
, 0, sizeof (*b
));
7328 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7332 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
7333 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
7334 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
7336 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7339 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
7341 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
7342 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
7343 b
->py_bp_object
= NULL
;
7344 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
7348 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7349 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7351 static struct breakpoint
*
7352 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7354 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7356 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
7358 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7359 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7363 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
7364 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
7368 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
, int explicit_loc
)
7370 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
7372 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7373 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
7374 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
7377 const char *function_name
;
7378 CORE_ADDR func_addr
;
7380 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc
->address
, &function_name
,
7381 &func_addr
, NULL
, &is_gnu_ifunc
);
7383 if (is_gnu_ifunc
&& !explicit_loc
)
7385 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7387 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
);
7388 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name
,
7389 &loc
->requested_address
))
7391 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7392 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
7393 loc
->requested_address
,
7396 else if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
7397 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
7399 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7400 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7401 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
7402 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7404 loc
->related_address
= func_addr
;
7409 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (function_name
);
7413 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7415 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
7418 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
7420 return get_objfile_arch (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
.symtab
));
7425 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7426 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7427 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7429 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7430 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7431 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7434 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7435 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7436 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7438 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7440 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7442 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
7443 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
7445 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7446 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7448 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7449 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
7452 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7453 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7454 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7455 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7456 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7457 is also returned as the value of this function.
7459 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7460 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7461 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7462 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7463 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7464 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7465 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7468 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7469 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7470 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7472 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
7474 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
7475 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7479 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7480 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7481 initiated the operation. */
7484 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
7486 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7487 int thread
= tp
->num
;
7489 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7490 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7491 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7492 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7493 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7494 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7495 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
7496 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
7498 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
7499 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
7501 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7502 after their removal. */
7503 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
7504 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7505 clone
->thread
= thread
;
7508 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
7511 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7513 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
7515 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7517 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7518 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7520 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7521 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7526 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
7528 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7530 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7531 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7533 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7534 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7538 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7539 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7540 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7544 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7546 struct breakpoint
*b
, *retval
= NULL
;
7549 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
&& b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
7551 struct breakpoint
*new_b
;
7553 new_b
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_longjmp_call_dummy
,
7554 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
,
7556 new_b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
7558 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7560 gdb_assert (new_b
->related_breakpoint
== new_b
);
7563 new_b
->related_breakpoint
= retval
;
7564 while (retval
->related_breakpoint
!= new_b
->related_breakpoint
)
7565 retval
= retval
->related_breakpoint
;
7566 retval
->related_breakpoint
= new_b
;
7572 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7573 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7576 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7577 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7581 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info
*tp
)
7583 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7585 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7586 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
&& b
->thread
== tp
->num
)
7588 struct breakpoint
*dummy_b
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
7590 while (dummy_b
!= b
&& dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
)
7591 dummy_b
= dummy_b
->related_breakpoint
;
7592 if (dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
7593 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b
->frame_id
) != NULL
)
7596 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b
->frame_id
, tp
->ptid
);
7598 while (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
7600 if (b_tmp
== b
->related_breakpoint
)
7601 b_tmp
= b
->related_breakpoint
->next
;
7602 delete_breakpoint (b
->related_breakpoint
);
7604 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7609 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7611 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7614 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7616 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7617 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7618 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
7623 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7625 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7628 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7630 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
7631 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
7632 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
7636 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7637 master breakpoint. */
7639 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7641 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7643 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7644 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7645 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
7647 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
7648 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7652 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7654 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7656 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7658 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7659 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
7660 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7664 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7666 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7668 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
7669 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7671 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7672 /* location has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7673 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
);
7675 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7681 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7683 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7685 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7686 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
7687 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7688 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7691 struct lang_and_radix
7697 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7700 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7702 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7704 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
7705 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7706 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7710 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7713 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7715 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7717 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7718 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7719 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7720 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7724 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7726 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7728 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7729 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7730 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7731 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7734 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7737 remove_solib_event_breakpoints_at_next_stop (void)
7739 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7741 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7742 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7743 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7744 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7747 /* Helper for create_solib_event_breakpoint /
7748 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint. Allows specifying which
7749 INSERT_MODE to pass through to update_global_location_list. */
7751 static struct breakpoint
*
7752 create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
,
7753 enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
7755 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7757 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
7758 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7759 update_global_location_list_nothrow (insert_mode
);
7764 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7766 return create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7769 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7772 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7774 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7776 /* Explicitly tell update_global_location_list to insert
7778 b
= create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_INSERT
);
7779 if (!b
->loc
->inserted
)
7781 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7787 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7788 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7791 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7793 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7795 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7797 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7798 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7800 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7801 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7802 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7803 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7804 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7805 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
7806 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
7807 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7808 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
7809 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
7810 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7811 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
7814 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7819 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7820 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7821 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7824 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
7826 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7827 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
7829 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7830 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7831 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7832 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7833 if (exec_bfd
!= NULL
7834 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd
) == bfd_target_aout_flavour
)
7837 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7839 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7840 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7842 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
7843 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7844 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7845 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7846 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7847 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7848 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
7849 || is_tracepoint (b
))
7850 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
7852 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7853 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7854 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7855 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7858 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7859 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
7861 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
7863 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7864 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7865 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7868 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
7873 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7874 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7875 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7878 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
7880 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7882 if (objfile
== NULL
)
7885 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
7886 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
7887 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
7888 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
7889 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7890 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7891 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
7892 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
7893 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
7894 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
7896 if ((objfile
->flags
& OBJF_SHARED
) == 0
7897 || (objfile
->flags
& OBJF_USERLOADED
) == 0)
7902 struct bp_location
*loc
;
7903 int bp_modified
= 0;
7905 if (!is_breakpoint (b
) && !is_tracepoint (b
))
7908 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
7910 CORE_ADDR loc_addr
= loc
->address
;
7912 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7913 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7916 if (loc
->shlib_disabled
!= 0)
7919 if (objfile
->pspace
!= loc
->pspace
)
7922 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7923 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7926 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr
, objfile
))
7928 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7929 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
7930 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
7931 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
7932 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
7935 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7942 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
7946 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7948 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7949 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7950 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7951 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7952 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7954 struct fork_catchpoint
7956 /* The base class. */
7957 struct breakpoint base
;
7959 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7960 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7961 catchpoint has triggered. */
7962 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid
;
7965 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7969 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7971 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
7974 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7978 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7980 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
7983 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7987 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7988 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7989 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7991 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7993 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED
)
7996 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
8000 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8003 static enum print_stop_action
8004 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs
)
8006 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8007 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8008 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8010 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8011 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8012 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8014 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8015 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8017 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8018 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK
));
8019 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8021 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8022 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (forked process ");
8023 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8024 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8025 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8028 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8032 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8034 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8035 struct value_print_options opts
;
8036 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8038 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8040 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8041 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8043 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8044 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8046 ui_out_text (uiout
, "fork");
8047 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
8049 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
8050 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
8051 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8052 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
8055 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8056 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "fork");
8059 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8063 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8065 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
8068 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
8072 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8074 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
8075 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8078 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
8080 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
8082 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8086 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8088 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8091 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8095 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8097 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8100 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8104 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8105 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8106 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8108 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8110 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED
)
8113 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
8117 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8120 static enum print_stop_action
8121 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs
)
8123 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8124 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8125 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8127 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8128 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8129 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8131 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8132 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8134 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8135 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK
));
8136 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8138 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8139 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (vforked process ");
8140 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8141 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8142 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8145 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8149 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8151 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
8152 struct value_print_options opts
;
8153 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8155 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8156 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8157 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8159 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8160 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8162 ui_out_text (uiout
, "vfork");
8163 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
8165 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
8166 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
8167 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
8168 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
8171 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8172 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "vfork");
8175 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8179 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8181 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
8184 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
8188 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8190 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
8191 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8194 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
8196 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
8198 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
8199 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8200 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8201 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8202 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8204 struct solib_catchpoint
8206 /* The base class. */
8207 struct breakpoint base
;
8209 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
8210 unsigned char is_load
;
8212 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
8213 REGEX is non-NULL. */
8219 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8221 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8224 regfree (&self
->compiled
);
8225 xfree (self
->regex
);
8227 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8231 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
8237 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
8243 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8244 struct address_space
*aspace
,
8246 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8248 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8249 struct breakpoint
*other
;
8251 if (ws
->kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
8254 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other
)
8256 struct bp_location
*other_bl
;
8258 if (other
== bl
->owner
)
8261 if (other
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
)
8264 if (self
->base
.pspace
!= NULL
&& other
->pspace
!= self
->base
.pspace
)
8267 for (other_bl
= other
->loc
; other_bl
!= NULL
; other_bl
= other_bl
->next
)
8269 if (other
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (other_bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
8278 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats
*bs
)
8280 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
8281 = (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8286 struct so_list
*iter
;
8289 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
8294 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
->so_name
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8303 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
8308 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8314 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
8317 static enum print_stop_action
8318 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs
)
8320 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8321 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8323 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8324 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8325 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8327 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8328 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8329 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
8330 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8331 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8332 print_solib_event (1);
8333 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8337 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**locs
)
8339 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8340 struct value_print_options opts
;
8341 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8344 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8345 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8346 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8348 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8351 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8358 msg
= xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8360 msg
= xstrdup (_("load of library"));
8365 msg
= xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8367 msg
= xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
8369 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", msg
);
8372 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8373 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type",
8374 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8378 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8380 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8382 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b
->number
,
8383 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8387 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8389 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8391 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "%s %s",
8392 b
->disposition
== disp_del
? "tcatch" : "catch",
8393 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8395 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->regex
);
8396 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
8399 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
8401 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8402 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8403 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8404 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8405 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8406 created in an enabled state. */
8409 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg
, int is_load
, int is_temp
, int enabled
)
8411 struct solib_catchpoint
*c
;
8412 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8413 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
8417 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
8419 c
= XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint
);
8420 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, c
);
8426 errcode
= regcomp (&c
->compiled
, arg
, REG_NOSUB
);
8429 char *err
= get_regcomp_error (errcode
, &c
->compiled
);
8431 make_cleanup (xfree
, err
);
8432 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err
, arg
);
8434 c
->regex
= xstrdup (arg
);
8437 c
->is_load
= is_load
;
8438 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, is_temp
, NULL
,
8439 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
);
8441 c
->base
.enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8443 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
8444 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8447 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8451 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int is_load
,
8452 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8455 const int enabled
= 1;
8457 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8459 add_solib_catchpoint (arg
, is_load
, tempflag
, enabled
);
8463 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8464 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8466 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 1, command
);
8470 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8471 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8473 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 0, command
);
8476 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8477 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8478 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8479 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8482 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8483 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
8485 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8487 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8490 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
8492 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
8494 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
8495 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8499 install_breakpoint (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
, int update_gll
)
8501 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
8502 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8503 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
8504 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
8507 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
8510 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8514 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8515 int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
8516 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8518 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint
);
8520 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
8522 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
8524 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8527 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8529 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8530 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8531 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8532 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8533 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8535 struct exec_catchpoint
8537 /* The base class. */
8538 struct breakpoint base
;
8540 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8541 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8543 char *exec_pathname
;
8546 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8550 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8552 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8554 xfree (c
->exec_pathname
);
8556 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8560 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8562 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8566 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8568 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8572 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8573 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8574 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8576 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8578 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD
)
8581 c
->exec_pathname
= xstrdup (ws
->value
.execd_pathname
);
8585 static enum print_stop_action
8586 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs
)
8588 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8589 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8590 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8592 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8593 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8594 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8596 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8597 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8599 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8600 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC
));
8601 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8603 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8604 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (exec'd ");
8605 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "new-exec", c
->exec_pathname
);
8606 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8608 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8612 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8614 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8615 struct value_print_options opts
;
8616 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8618 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8620 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8621 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8622 is relatively readable). */
8623 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8624 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8626 ui_out_text (uiout
, "exec");
8627 if (c
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8629 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", program \"");
8630 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", c
->exec_pathname
);
8631 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
8634 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8635 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "exec");
8639 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8641 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
8644 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8648 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8650 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
8651 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8654 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
8657 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8660 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8661 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8665 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8666 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8668 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8670 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8677 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8681 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8684 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8686 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8689 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8691 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8693 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8699 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8700 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8701 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8702 types _not_ TYPE. */
8705 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
8706 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
8709 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8711 *other_type_used
= 0;
8716 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8719 if (b
->type
== type
)
8720 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
8721 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
8722 *other_type_used
= 1;
8729 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8731 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8735 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8737 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
8738 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8744 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8746 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8750 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
8752 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8753 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8759 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8761 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
8762 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8766 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8768 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
8769 breakpoint_re_set ();
8772 /* Create a new single-step breakpoint for thread THREAD, with no
8775 static struct breakpoint
*
8776 new_single_step_breakpoint (int thread
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
8778 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
8780 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bp_single_step
,
8781 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8783 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8784 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
8787 gdb_assert (b
->thread
!= 0);
8789 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
8794 /* Set a momentary breakpoint of type TYPE at address specified by
8795 SAL. If FRAME_ID is valid, the breakpoint is restricted to that
8799 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
8800 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
8802 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8804 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8806 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
8808 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8809 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8810 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8811 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
8813 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8814 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8816 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
8817 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
8819 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8824 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8825 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
8826 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
8828 static struct breakpoint
*
8829 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
8831 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
8834 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
8836 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
8837 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
8838 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
, 1);
8840 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
8841 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
8842 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
8843 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
8844 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
8845 copy
->loc
->probe
= orig
->loc
->probe
;
8846 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
8847 copy
->loc
->symtab
= orig
->loc
->symtab
;
8848 copy
->loc
->enabled
= loc_enabled
;
8849 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
8850 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
8851 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
8853 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8854 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8855 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
8857 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8861 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8865 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
8867 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8871 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
, 0);
8875 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
8878 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8880 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
8882 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
8883 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8885 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
8889 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8892 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8894 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
8895 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
8897 printf_filtered ("\n");
8901 static int bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
);
8903 static struct bp_location
*
8904 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8905 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
8907 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
8908 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
8909 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
8911 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
8912 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
8914 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8915 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8916 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8917 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8918 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8919 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8920 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
8923 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
8924 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
8925 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
&& (*tmp
)->address
<= adjusted_address
;
8926 tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
8931 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
8932 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
8933 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
8934 loc
->probe
.probe
= sal
->probe
;
8935 loc
->probe
.objfile
= sal
->objfile
;
8936 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
8937 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
8938 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
8939 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
8940 loc
->symtab
= sal
->symtab
;
8942 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
,
8943 sal
->explicit_pc
|| sal
->explicit_line
);
8945 /* While by definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
8946 code, we don't mark the location as inserted. Normally one would expect
8947 that GDB could rely on that breakpoint instruction to stop the program,
8948 thus removing the need to insert its own breakpoint, except that executing
8949 the breakpoint instruction can kill the target instead of reporting a
8950 SIGTRAP. E.g., on SPARC, when interrupts are disabled, executing the
8951 instruction resets the CPU, so QEMU 2.0.0 for SPARC correspondingly dies
8952 with "Trap 0x02 while interrupts disabled, Error state". Letting the
8953 breakpoint be inserted normally results in QEMU knowing about the GDB
8954 breakpoint, and thus trap before the breakpoint instruction is executed.
8955 (If GDB later needs to continue execution past the permanent breakpoint,
8956 it manually increments the PC, thus avoiding executing the breakpoint
8958 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
8965 /* See breakpoint.h. */
8968 program_breakpoint_here_p (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
8972 const gdb_byte
*bpoint
;
8973 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
8974 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
8978 bpoint
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
8980 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
8984 target_mem
= alloca (len
);
8986 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
8987 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
8988 breakpoints they are permanent. */
8989 cleanup
= make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
8991 if (target_read_memory (address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
8992 && memcmp (target_mem
, bpoint
, len
) == 0)
8995 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
9000 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
9001 return 0 otherwise. */
9004 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
9006 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
9009 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
9011 /* If we have a catchpoint or a watchpoint, just return 0. We should not
9012 attempt to read from the addresses the locations of these breakpoint types
9013 point to. program_breakpoint_here_p, below, will attempt to read
9015 if (!breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (loc
->owner
))
9018 cleanup
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
9019 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
9021 retval
= program_breakpoint_here_p (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
9023 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
9028 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
9029 settings of the dprintf style options. */
9032 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9034 char *dprintf_args
= b
->extra_string
;
9035 char *printf_line
= NULL
;
9040 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
9042 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
9044 if (*dprintf_args
== ',')
9046 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
9048 if (*dprintf_args
!= '"')
9049 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
9051 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_gdb
) == 0)
9052 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9053 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_call
) == 0)
9055 if (!dprintf_function
)
9056 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
9058 if (dprintf_channel
&& strlen (dprintf_channel
) > 0)
9059 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
9064 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
9068 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) == 0)
9070 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
9071 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9074 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
9075 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9079 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
9080 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
9082 gdb_assert (printf_line
!= NULL
);
9083 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
9085 struct command_line
*printf_cmd_line
= XNEW (struct command_line
);
9087 printf_cmd_line
->control_type
= simple_control
;
9088 printf_cmd_line
->body_count
= 0;
9089 printf_cmd_line
->body_list
= NULL
;
9090 printf_cmd_line
->next
= NULL
;
9091 printf_cmd_line
->line
= printf_line
;
9093 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, printf_cmd_line
);
9097 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
9098 current style settings. */
9101 update_dprintf_commands (char *args
, int from_tty
,
9102 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
9104 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9108 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
9109 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9113 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use LOCATION
9114 as a description of the location, and COND_STRING
9115 as condition expression. */
9118 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9119 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
9120 struct event_location
*location
,
9121 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9123 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9124 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9125 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9126 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9127 int display_canonical
)
9131 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
9133 int target_resources_ok
;
9135 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9136 target_resources_ok
=
9137 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9139 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
9140 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9141 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
9142 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9145 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
> 0);
9147 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
9149 struct symtab_and_line sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
9150 struct bp_location
*loc
;
9154 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
9156 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
9158 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
9159 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
9164 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
9168 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9169 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
9170 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9171 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9172 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
9174 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9175 b
->loc
->inserted
= 1;
9177 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
9179 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
9180 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
9182 if (strace_marker_p (b
))
9184 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9185 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9186 const char *p
= &event_location_to_string (b
->location
)[3];
9190 p
= skip_spaces_const (p
);
9192 endp
= skip_to_space_const (p
);
9194 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9195 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= marker_str
;
9197 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9199 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9201 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
9203 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
9204 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
9206 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9208 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9211 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9212 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9219 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
9220 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9226 const char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
9228 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
9229 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
9231 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg
);
9234 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9235 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9236 if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
9238 if (b
->extra_string
)
9239 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9241 error (_("Format string required"));
9243 else if (b
->extra_string
)
9244 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b
->extra_string
);
9247 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
9248 if (location
!= NULL
)
9249 b
->location
= location
;
9251 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
);
9256 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9257 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
9258 struct event_location
*location
,
9259 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9261 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9262 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9263 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9264 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9265 int display_canonical
)
9267 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9268 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9270 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
9272 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9274 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
9278 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9280 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, b
);
9282 init_breakpoint_sal (b
, gdbarch
,
9284 filter
, cond_string
, extra_string
,
9286 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
9288 enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9290 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
9292 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9295 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9296 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9297 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9298 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9299 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9300 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9301 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9302 we take just a single condition string.
9304 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9305 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9306 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9307 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9308 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9311 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9312 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
9313 char *cond_string
, char *extra_string
,
9314 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9315 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9316 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9317 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
9320 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9322 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
9323 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
) == 1);
9325 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, i
, lsal
); ++i
)
9327 /* Note that 'location' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9328 'break', without arguments. */
9329 struct event_location
*location
9330 = (canonical
->location
!= NULL
9331 ? copy_event_location (canonical
->location
) : NULL
);
9332 char *filter_string
= lsal
->canonical
? xstrdup (lsal
->canonical
) : NULL
;
9333 struct cleanup
*inner
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
9335 make_cleanup (xfree
, filter_string
);
9336 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
->sals
,
9339 cond_string
, extra_string
,
9341 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9342 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9343 canonical
->special_display
);
9344 discard_cleanups (inner
);
9348 /* Parse LOCATION which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9349 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9350 addresses found. LOCATION points to the end of the SAL (for
9351 linespec locations).
9353 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9354 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9357 parse_breakpoint_sals (const struct event_location
*location
,
9358 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
9360 struct symtab_and_line cursal
;
9362 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
9364 const char *address
= get_linespec_location (location
);
9366 if (address
== NULL
)
9368 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default
9369 breakpoint address. */
9370 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9372 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9373 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
9376 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9377 lsal
.sals
.sals
= XNEW (struct symtab_and_line
);
9379 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9380 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9381 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9382 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9383 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9384 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
9386 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
9388 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9389 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9390 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9391 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9392 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9394 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9396 lsal
.sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
9397 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
9398 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
9400 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
9404 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9408 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9409 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9410 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9411 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9413 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9414 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9415 cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9416 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9418 const char *address
= NULL
;
9420 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
9421 address
= get_linespec_location (location
);
9425 && strchr ("+-", address
[0]) != NULL
9426 && address
[1] != '['))
9428 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9429 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9430 get_last_displayed_line (),
9431 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9436 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9437 cursal
.symtab
, cursal
.line
, canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9441 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9442 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9445 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9449 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9450 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
->sals
[i
]);
9453 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9454 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9455 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9456 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9457 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9461 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9462 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9465 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
;
9467 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9469 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9471 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
9473 sal
= &sals
->sals
[i
];
9475 sarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
9476 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9477 associated with SAL. */
9480 rslt
= gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
->pc
, &msg
);
9481 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, msg
);
9484 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9485 paddress (sarch
, sal
->pc
), (msg
? msg
: ""));
9487 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9491 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9493 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9494 invalid_thread_id_error (int id
)
9496 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id
);
9499 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9500 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9501 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9502 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9503 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9504 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9507 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9508 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
,
9511 *cond_string
= NULL
;
9518 const char *end_tok
;
9520 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9521 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9523 tok
= skip_spaces_const (tok
);
9525 if ((*tok
== '"' || *tok
== ',') && rest
)
9527 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9531 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
9533 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9535 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9537 struct expression
*expr
;
9539 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9540 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, pc
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
9543 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9545 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
9550 *thread
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9552 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9553 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread
))
9554 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread
);
9557 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
9562 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9564 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9565 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
9566 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
9571 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9575 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9579 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9581 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9582 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (const char **arg_p
)
9584 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
= NULL
;
9585 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
9586 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9587 const char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
9592 p
= skip_spaces_const (p
);
9594 endp
= skip_to_space_const (p
);
9596 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9597 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, marker_str
);
9599 markers
= target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
);
9600 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
9601 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str
);
9603 sals
.nelts
= VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
);
9604 sals
.sals
= XNEWVEC (struct symtab_and_line
, sals
.nelts
);
9606 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
9608 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*marker
;
9610 marker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, i
);
9612 init_sal (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
9614 sals
.sals
[i
] = find_pc_line (marker
->address
, 0);
9615 sals
.sals
[i
].pc
= marker
->address
;
9617 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker
);
9620 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9626 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9629 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9630 const struct event_location
*location
, char *cond_string
,
9631 int thread
, char *extra_string
,
9633 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
9635 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
9636 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9637 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
9640 struct linespec_result canonical
;
9641 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9642 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
9645 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
9647 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
9649 /* If extra_string isn't useful, set it to NULL. */
9650 if (extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
== '\0')
9651 extra_string
= NULL
;
9653 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9657 ops
->create_sals_from_location (location
, &canonical
, type_wanted
);
9659 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
9661 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set
9663 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
9665 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9668 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
9669 throw_exception (e
);
9671 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
9673 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9674 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9675 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9676 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9677 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
9680 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9681 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9682 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9683 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9687 throw_exception (e
);
9691 if (!pending
&& VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
))
9694 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9695 old_chain
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9697 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9698 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9699 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9700 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9701 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
9703 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9704 are ok for the target. */
9708 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9710 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9711 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter
->sals
);
9714 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9715 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
9718 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9720 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9721 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, &iter
->sals
);
9724 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9725 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9732 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9734 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
9736 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9737 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9738 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9739 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9741 find_condition_and_thread (extra_string
, lsal
->sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
9742 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
, &rest
);
9744 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9746 make_cleanup (xfree
, rest
);
9748 extra_string
= rest
;
9750 extra_string
= NULL
;
9754 if (type_wanted
!= bp_dprintf
9755 && extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
!= '\0')
9756 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), extra_string
);
9758 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9761 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9762 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9764 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9767 extra_string
= xstrdup (extra_string
);
9768 make_cleanup (xfree
, extra_string
);
9772 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
,
9773 cond_string
, extra_string
, type_wanted
,
9774 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
9775 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9776 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
9780 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9782 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted
))
9784 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9786 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
9790 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9792 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
9793 b
->location
= copy_event_location (location
);
9796 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
9799 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9802 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9803 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9805 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9809 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9810 if (extra_string
!= NULL
)
9812 extra_string
= xstrdup (extra_string
);
9813 make_cleanup (xfree
, extra_string
);
9815 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
9816 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9817 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
9818 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
9819 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9820 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
9821 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
9822 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9824 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9827 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 1)
9829 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9830 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9831 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
9834 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9836 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
9837 /* But cleanup everything else. */
9838 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9840 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9841 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
9846 /* Set a breakpoint.
9847 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9848 condition, and thread.
9849 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9850 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9854 break_command_1 (char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
9856 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
9857 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9858 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9860 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
9861 struct event_location
*location
;
9862 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
9864 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
9865 cleanup
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
9867 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9868 if (location
!= NULL
9869 && event_location_type (location
) == PROBE_LOCATION
)
9870 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
9872 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
9874 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9876 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9877 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
9878 0 /* Ignore count */,
9879 pending_break_support
,
9885 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
9888 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9891 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9895 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9897 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
9898 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9899 sal
->line
, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal
->symtab
));
9902 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9903 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9904 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
9905 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
9908 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9910 const struct blockvector
*bv
;
9911 const struct block
*b
;
9914 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
,
9915 SYMTAB_COMPUNIT (sal
->symtab
));
9918 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
9921 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
));
9922 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
),
9927 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9928 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9929 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9930 happen in assembly source). */
9932 struct bound_minimal_symbol msym
;
9933 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
9935 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
9937 msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
9939 sal
->section
= MSYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
.objfile
, msym
.minsym
);
9941 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9948 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9950 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9954 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9956 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
9960 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9962 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
9966 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9968 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
9972 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9974 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9975 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9976 stop at <line>\n"));
9980 stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9984 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
9986 else if (*arg
!= '*')
9991 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9992 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9993 function/method name. */
9994 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9996 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
10001 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
10003 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
10007 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
10009 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10013 stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10017 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
10021 char *argptr
= arg
;
10024 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
10025 it is probably a line number. */
10026 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
10028 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
10033 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
10035 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
10039 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
10041 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10044 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
10045 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
10046 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
10050 dprintf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10052 struct event_location
*location
;
10053 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
10055 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
10056 cleanup
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
10058 /* If non-NULL, ARG should have been advanced past the location;
10059 the next character must be ','. */
10062 if (arg
[0] != ',' || arg
[1] == '\0')
10063 error (_("Format string required"));
10066 /* Skip the comma. */
10071 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10073 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
10075 0 /* Ignore count */,
10076 pending_break_support
,
10077 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
,
10082 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
10086 agent_printf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10088 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
10091 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
10092 ranged breakpoints. */
10095 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10096 struct address_space
*aspace
,
10098 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10100 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
10101 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10104 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
10105 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
10108 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10109 ranged breakpoints. */
10112 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10114 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10117 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10118 ranged breakpoints. */
10120 static enum print_stop_action
10121 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs
)
10123 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10124 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10125 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10127 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10129 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10130 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10132 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
10133 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
10134 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
10136 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
10137 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10139 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
10140 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
10141 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
10143 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
10144 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
10146 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
10149 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10150 ranged breakpoints. */
10153 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
10154 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
10156 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10157 struct value_print_options opts
;
10158 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10160 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10161 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10163 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
10165 if (opts
.addressprint
)
10166 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10167 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10168 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
10169 annotate_field (5);
10170 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
10174 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10175 ranged breakpoints. */
10178 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10179 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10181 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
10182 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10183 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
10184 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
10188 address_start
= bl
->address
;
10189 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
10191 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\taddress range: ");
10192 fprintf_unfiltered (stb
, "[%s, %s]",
10193 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
10194 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
10195 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "addr", stb
);
10196 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10198 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
10201 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10202 ranged breakpoints. */
10205 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10207 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10208 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10211 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10213 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10216 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10217 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
10218 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
10221 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10222 ranged breakpoints. */
10225 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10227 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s",
10228 event_location_to_string (b
->location
),
10229 event_location_to_string (b
->location_range_end
));
10230 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10233 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10235 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
10237 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10238 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10239 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10240 last instruction of the given line. */
10243 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
10247 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10248 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10249 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
10256 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
10258 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10260 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10267 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10270 break_range_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10272 char *arg_start
, *addr_string_start
, *addr_string_end
;
10273 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
10274 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
10276 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10277 struct symtab_and_line sal_start
, sal_end
;
10278 struct cleanup
*cleanup_bkpt
;
10279 struct linespec_sals
*lsal_start
, *lsal_end
;
10280 struct event_location
*start_location
, *end_location
;
10282 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10283 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10284 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10286 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10287 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10288 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
10290 if (can_use_bp
< 0)
10291 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10293 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10294 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
10295 error(_("No address range specified."));
10297 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10300 start_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
10301 cleanup_bkpt
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (start_location
);
10302 parse_breakpoint_sals (start_location
, &canonical_start
);
10303 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10306 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10307 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
))
10308 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10310 lsal_start
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
, 0);
10312 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
) > 1
10313 || lsal_start
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10314 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10316 sal_start
= lsal_start
->sals
.sals
[0];
10317 addr_string_start
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10318 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_start
);
10320 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
10321 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10323 /* Parse the end location. */
10325 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10328 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10329 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10330 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10331 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10332 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10333 end_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
10334 make_cleanup_delete_event_location (end_location
);
10335 decode_line_full (end_location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
10336 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
10337 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
10339 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10341 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
))
10342 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10344 lsal_end
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
, 0);
10345 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
) > 1
10346 || lsal_end
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10347 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10349 sal_end
= lsal_end
->sals
.sals
[0];
10351 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
10352 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
10353 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10355 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
10357 /* Length overflowed. */
10358 error (_("Address range too large."));
10359 else if (length
== 1)
10361 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10362 the `hbreak' command. */
10363 hbreak_command (addr_string_start
, 1);
10365 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10370 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10371 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
10372 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
10373 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
10374 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
10375 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10376 b
->location
= copy_event_location (start_location
);
10377 b
->location_range_end
= copy_event_location (end_location
);
10378 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
10380 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10383 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
10384 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
10387 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10388 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10389 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10393 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
10395 int i
= exp
->nelts
;
10401 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10402 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
10405 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
10415 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
10416 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
10417 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
10418 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
10419 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
10421 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
10448 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
10451 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
10452 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
10457 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE
:
10458 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST
:
10459 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST
:
10460 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10461 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10462 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10463 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10465 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10466 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10471 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10473 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10474 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10475 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10476 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10478 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10479 are always constant. */
10481 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
10483 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
10484 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
10485 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
10490 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10491 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10492 then it is not a constant. */
10501 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10504 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*self
)
10506 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) self
;
10508 xfree (w
->cond_exp
);
10510 xfree (w
->exp_string
);
10511 xfree (w
->exp_string_reparse
);
10512 value_free (w
->val
);
10514 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
10517 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10520 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10522 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10524 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10525 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10527 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10528 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10529 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10530 are loaded and unloaded.
10532 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10533 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10534 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10535 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10536 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10537 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10539 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10540 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10541 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10542 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10544 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10545 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10547 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10548 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10549 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
10552 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10555 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10557 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10558 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10560 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10564 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10567 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10569 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10570 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10572 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10577 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10578 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
10579 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10581 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
10582 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10584 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10585 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10586 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10587 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10588 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10589 (did not match the data address). */
10590 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
10591 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
10598 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10600 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
10602 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
10605 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10606 hardware watchpoints. */
10609 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10611 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10612 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10614 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
10617 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10618 hardware watchpoints. */
10621 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10623 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10624 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10627 static enum print_stop_action
10628 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10630 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
10631 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10632 struct ui_file
*stb
;
10633 enum print_stop_action result
;
10634 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10635 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10637 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
10639 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10640 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10642 stb
= mem_fileopen ();
10643 old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
10647 case bp_watchpoint
:
10648 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10649 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10650 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10651 ui_out_field_string
10653 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10655 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10656 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10657 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10658 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10659 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10660 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10661 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10662 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10663 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10664 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10667 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10668 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10669 ui_out_field_string
10671 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10673 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10674 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
10675 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10676 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "value", stb
);
10677 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10678 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10681 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10682 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
10684 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10685 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10686 ui_out_field_string
10688 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10690 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10691 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10692 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10693 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10694 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10699 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10700 ui_out_field_string
10702 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10703 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10704 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
10706 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10707 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10708 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10709 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10712 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10715 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10719 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10723 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10725 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
10726 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10727 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10731 case bp_watchpoint
:
10732 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Watchpoint ");
10733 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10735 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10736 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware watchpoint ");
10737 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10739 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10740 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
10741 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
10743 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10744 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10745 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
10748 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10749 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10752 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
10753 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
10754 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
10755 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
10758 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10762 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10764 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10768 case bp_watchpoint
:
10769 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10770 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10772 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10773 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10775 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10776 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10779 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10780 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10783 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
);
10784 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10787 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
10791 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
10793 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
10794 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
10795 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10801 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10803 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10805 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10806 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10809 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10811 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10813 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10814 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10817 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10818 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10821 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10823 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10825 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10826 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10829 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10830 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10833 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10835 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10837 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10840 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10841 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10844 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10849 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10850 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10852 static enum print_stop_action
10853 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10855 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10856 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10858 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10859 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10863 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10864 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10865 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10866 ui_out_field_string
10868 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10871 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10872 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10873 ui_out_field_string
10875 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10878 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10879 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10880 ui_out_field_string
10882 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10885 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10886 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10890 ui_out_text (uiout
, _("\n\
10891 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10892 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10893 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10895 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10896 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10899 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10900 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10903 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10904 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10906 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10908 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10909 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10911 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmask ");
10912 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10913 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10916 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10917 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10920 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10922 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10923 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10924 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
10928 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10929 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10930 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10932 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10933 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10934 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
10936 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10937 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10938 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
10941 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10942 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10945 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
10946 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
10947 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
10948 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
10951 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10952 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10955 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10957 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10962 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10963 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10965 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10966 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10968 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10969 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10972 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10973 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10976 sprintf_vma (tmp
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10977 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
, tmp
);
10978 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10981 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10983 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10985 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10988 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10990 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10993 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10994 hw_read: watch read,
10995 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10997 watch_command_1 (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
10998 int just_location
, int internal
)
11000 struct breakpoint
*b
, *scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11001 struct expression
*exp
;
11002 const struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
11003 struct value
*val
, *mark
, *result
;
11004 int saved_bitpos
= 0, saved_bitsize
= 0;
11005 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11006 const char *exp_start
= NULL
;
11007 const char *exp_end
= NULL
;
11008 const char *tok
, *end_tok
;
11010 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
11011 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
11012 enum bptype bp_type
;
11015 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
11016 the hardware watchpoint. */
11018 CORE_ADDR mask
= 0;
11019 struct watchpoint
*w
;
11021 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
11023 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
11024 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
11026 const char *value_start
;
11028 exp_end
= arg
+ strlen (arg
);
11030 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
11031 of the arguments string. */
11032 for (tok
= exp_end
- 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
11034 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
11035 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
11038 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
11039 This is the value of the parameter. */
11040 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
11042 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
11044 /* Skip whitespace. */
11045 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
11050 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
11051 This is the parameter itself. */
11052 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
11055 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
11057 if (toklen
== 6 && startswith (tok
, "thread"))
11059 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
11060 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
11061 only in a specific thread. */
11065 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
11067 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
11068 thread
= strtol (value_start
, &endp
, 0);
11070 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
11072 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
11073 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start
);
11075 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
11076 if (!valid_thread_id (thread
))
11077 invalid_thread_id_error (thread
);
11079 else if (toklen
== 4 && startswith (tok
, "mask"))
11081 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
11082 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
11084 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
11087 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
11089 use_mask
= just_location
= 1;
11091 mark
= value_mark ();
11092 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
11093 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
11094 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11097 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
11100 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
11101 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
11108 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
11109 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
11111 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11112 expression
= savestring (arg
, exp_end
- arg
);
11113 back_to
= make_cleanup (xfree
, expression
);
11114 exp_start
= arg
= expression
;
11115 exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
11117 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
11118 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
11120 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
11123 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
11124 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
))
11128 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
11129 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
11131 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
11134 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11135 mark
= value_mark ();
11136 fetch_subexp_value (exp
, &pc
, &val
, &result
, NULL
, just_location
);
11138 if (val
!= NULL
&& just_location
)
11140 saved_bitpos
= value_bitpos (val
);
11141 saved_bitsize
= value_bitsize (val
);
11148 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
11149 val
= value_addr (result
);
11150 release_value (val
);
11151 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11155 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
),
11158 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
11159 else if (ret
== -2)
11160 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
11163 else if (val
!= NULL
)
11164 release_value (val
);
11166 tok
= skip_spaces_const (arg
);
11167 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
11169 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
11170 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
11172 struct expression
*cond
;
11174 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11175 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
11176 cond
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0, 0);
11178 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11179 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11180 cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11186 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11188 frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
11190 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11191 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11192 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11193 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11194 if (exp_valid_block
&& frame
)
11196 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
11199 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
11200 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
),
11201 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
11202 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
11204 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
11206 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11207 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
11209 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11210 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11212 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11213 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
11214 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
11215 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
11216 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11217 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
11218 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
11219 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
11220 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
11224 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
11225 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
11226 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
11227 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
11229 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
11230 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
11231 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
11232 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
11234 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
11236 w
= XCNEW (struct watchpoint
);
11239 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11240 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11242 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11243 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11244 b
->thread
= thread
;
11245 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
11246 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
11248 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
11249 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
11252 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
);
11253 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
);
11256 t
= check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t
)));
11257 name
= type_to_string (t
);
11259 w
->exp_string_reparse
= xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name
,
11260 core_addr_to_string (addr
));
11263 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11264 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
11266 /* The above expression is in C. */
11267 b
->language
= language_c
;
11270 w
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
11274 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
11279 w
->val_bitpos
= saved_bitpos
;
11280 w
->val_bitsize
= saved_bitsize
;
11285 b
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
11287 b
->cond_string
= 0;
11291 w
->watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (frame
);
11292 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
11296 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
11297 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
11300 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11302 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11303 need to act on them together. */
11304 b
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
11305 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
11308 if (!just_location
)
11309 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11313 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11314 that should be inserted. */
11315 update_watchpoint (w
, 1);
11317 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
11319 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11320 throw_exception (e
);
11324 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 1);
11325 do_cleanups (back_to
);
11328 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11329 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11332 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
)
11334 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
11335 struct value
*head
= v
;
11337 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11338 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
11341 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11342 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11343 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11344 hardware watchpoint.
11346 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11347 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11348 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11349 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11350 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11351 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11352 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11353 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11354 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11356 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11357 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11358 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11359 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11360 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
11362 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
11364 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
11365 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11366 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11367 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11368 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11369 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11373 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11374 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11375 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
11377 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11378 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11379 middle of some value chain. */
11381 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11382 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
11384 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
11388 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
11389 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
11390 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
11392 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
11396 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
11400 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
11401 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
11402 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11403 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
11404 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11407 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11408 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11409 return found_memory_cnt
;
11413 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11415 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11418 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11419 calls watch_command_1. */
11422 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
11424 int just_location
= 0;
11427 && (check_for_argument (&arg
, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11428 || check_for_argument (&arg
, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11430 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11434 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, just_location
, 0);
11438 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11440 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
11444 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11446 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11450 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11452 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
11456 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11458 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11462 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11464 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
11468 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
11469 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
11471 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
11473 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
11474 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
;
11478 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
11479 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
11480 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
11483 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg
, int err
)
11485 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*a
= arg
;
11487 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint
);
11488 if (a
->breakpoint2
)
11489 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint2
);
11490 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a
->thread_num
);
11494 until_break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
11496 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11497 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11498 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11499 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
;
11500 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
;
11501 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
;
11502 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
11503 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
= NULL
;
11504 struct cleanup
*old_chain
, *cleanup
;
11506 struct thread_info
*tp
;
11507 struct event_location
*location
;
11509 clear_proceed_status (0);
11511 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11514 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
11515 cleanup
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
11517 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11518 sals
= decode_line_1 (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11519 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11520 get_last_displayed_line ());
11522 sals
= decode_line_1 (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11523 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0);
11525 if (sals
.nelts
!= 1)
11526 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11528 sal
= sals
.sals
[0];
11529 xfree (sals
.sals
); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11532 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11534 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
11536 tp
= inferior_thread ();
11539 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11541 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11542 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11543 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11546 frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
11547 frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
11548 stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
11549 caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11551 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11554 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11556 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
11558 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
11559 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11560 breakpoint2
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
11564 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2
);
11566 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, caller_frame_id
);
11567 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
, &thread
);
11570 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11574 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11575 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11576 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11577 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11579 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11580 only at the very same frame. */
11581 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11582 stack_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11583 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint
);
11585 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
);
11587 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11588 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11589 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11590 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11592 if (is_running (inferior_ptid
))
11594 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*args
=
11595 XNEW (struct until_break_command_continuation_args
);
11597 args
->breakpoint
= breakpoint
;
11598 args
->breakpoint2
= breakpoint2
;
11599 args
->thread_num
= thread
;
11601 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
11602 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11603 until_break_command_continuation
, args
,
11607 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
11609 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
11612 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11613 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11615 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11616 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11617 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11618 if clause in the arg string. */
11621 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
)
11625 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
11628 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11631 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11632 condition string. */
11633 *arg
= skip_spaces (*arg
);
11634 cond_string
= *arg
;
11636 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11638 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
11640 return cond_string
;
11643 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11644 process start/exit, etc. */
11648 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
11649 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
11654 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11655 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11657 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11658 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11659 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
11662 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
11663 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
11664 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
11668 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11670 /* The allowed syntax is:
11672 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11674 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11675 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11677 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11678 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11680 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11681 and enable reporting of such events. */
11684 case catch_fork_temporary
:
11685 case catch_fork_permanent
:
11686 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11687 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
11689 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
11690 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
11691 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11692 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
11695 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11701 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11702 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11704 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
;
11705 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11707 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11709 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11713 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11715 /* The allowed syntax is:
11717 catch exec if <cond>
11719 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11720 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11722 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11723 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11725 c
= XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint
);
11726 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11727 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
11728 c
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
11730 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
11734 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11735 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11736 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
11738 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
11745 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
11747 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
11749 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
11750 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
11751 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11752 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11753 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11754 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11755 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11756 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11757 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11758 enough for now, though. */
11761 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
, ops
);
11763 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
11764 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
11765 b
->location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_string
,
11766 language_def (language_ada
));
11767 b
->language
= language_ada
;
11771 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11773 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11778 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11780 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11783 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11786 compare_breakpoints (const void *a
, const void *b
)
11788 const breakpoint_p
*ba
= a
;
11789 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) *ba
;
11790 const breakpoint_p
*bb
= b
;
11791 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) *bb
;
11793 if ((*ba
)->number
< (*bb
)->number
)
11795 else if ((*ba
)->number
> (*bb
)->number
)
11798 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11802 return ua
> ub
? 1 : 0;
11805 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11808 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11810 struct breakpoint
*b
, *prev
;
11811 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
11814 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11815 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11817 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11821 sals
= decode_line_with_current_source (arg
,
11822 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11823 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
11824 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
11829 sals
.sals
= XNEW (struct symtab_and_line
);
11830 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
11831 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
11833 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11834 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11835 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11836 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
11837 if (sal
.symtab
== 0)
11838 error (_("No source file specified."));
11840 sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
11846 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11847 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11848 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11849 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11851 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11852 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11853 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11854 due to optimization, all in one block.
11856 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11857 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11858 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11859 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11860 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11861 to support that. */
11863 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11864 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11865 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11869 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p
), &found
);
11870 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
11872 const char *sal_fullname
;
11874 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11875 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11876 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11879 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11884 1 0 <can't happen> */
11886 sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
11887 sal_fullname
= (sal
.symtab
== NULL
11888 ? NULL
: symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
));
11890 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11891 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11894 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11895 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
11897 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
11898 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11900 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11901 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11902 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
11904 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
11905 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
11906 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
11907 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
11908 int line_match
= 0;
11910 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
11911 && loc
->symtab
!= NULL
11912 && sal_fullname
!= NULL
11913 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
11914 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
11915 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
),
11916 sal_fullname
) == 0)
11919 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
11928 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
11932 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11933 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
11936 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
11938 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11941 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11942 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p
, found
),
11943 VEC_length (breakpoint_p
, found
),
11944 sizeof (breakpoint_p
),
11945 compare_breakpoints
);
11946 prev
= VEC_index (breakpoint_p
, found
, 0);
11947 for (ix
= 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ++ix
)
11951 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
);
11956 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
11957 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
11960 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
11961 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
11963 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
11966 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
11969 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
11970 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11973 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
11975 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
11978 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
11979 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
11980 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
11983 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
11985 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
11987 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
11988 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
11989 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
11991 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
11993 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
11995 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
11996 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12000 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
12001 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
12002 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
12003 secondarily by ordering first permanent elements and
12004 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
12005 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
12008 bp_location_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
12010 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
12011 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
12013 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
12014 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
12016 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
12017 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
12020 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
12021 return ((a
->pspace
->num
> b
->pspace
->num
)
12022 - (a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
));
12024 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12025 if (a
->permanent
!= b
->permanent
)
12026 return (a
->permanent
< b
->permanent
) - (a
->permanent
> b
->permanent
);
12028 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12029 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12030 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12032 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
12033 return ((a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
12034 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
));
12036 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
12039 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
12040 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12041 content of the bp_location array. */
12044 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
12046 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
12048 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
12049 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
12051 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
12053 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
12055 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
12058 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
12059 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
12061 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
12062 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
12063 if (addr
> bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
12064 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
12066 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12068 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
12069 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
12070 if (addr
> bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
12071 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
12075 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12078 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12080 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12081 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
12083 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12086 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
12088 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
12090 struct bp_location
*bl
;
12091 struct tracepoint
*t
;
12092 int bp_location_downloaded
= 0;
12094 if ((b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
12095 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12096 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
12099 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
12101 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12102 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12103 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12104 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
12107 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
12109 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
12112 bp_location_downloaded
= 1;
12114 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
12115 t
->number_on_target
= b
->number
;
12116 if (bp_location_downloaded
)
12117 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
12120 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
12123 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12126 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
12128 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
12129 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
12130 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
12131 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
12133 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12134 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
12135 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
12136 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
12137 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
12139 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
12140 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
12141 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
12142 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
12143 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
12144 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
12145 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
12146 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
12149 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12150 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12151 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12155 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12157 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
12158 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12159 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
12162 address
= bl
->address
;
12163 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
12165 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12166 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12167 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12169 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12170 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12173 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12174 the same program space as the location
12175 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12176 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12177 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, address
)
12181 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
12182 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
12185 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12186 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12187 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12188 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12189 that have already been marked. */
12190 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
12192 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12194 if (loc
->cond_bytecode
)
12196 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
12197 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
12201 /* Called whether new breakpoints are created, or existing breakpoints
12202 deleted, to update the global location list and recompute which
12203 locations are duplicate of which.
12205 The INSERT_MODE flag determines whether locations may not, may, or
12206 shall be inserted now. See 'enum ugll_insert_mode' for more
12210 update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
12212 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12213 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
12214 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
12215 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12216 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
12217 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12218 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
12220 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12221 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12222 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12223 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12224 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12226 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
12227 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
12228 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
12229 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
12231 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12232 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12233 struct bp_location
**old_location
, **old_locp
;
12234 unsigned old_location_count
;
12236 old_location
= bp_location
;
12237 old_location_count
= bp_location_count
;
12238 bp_location
= NULL
;
12239 bp_location_count
= 0;
12240 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_location
);
12242 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12243 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12244 bp_location_count
++;
12246 bp_location
= XNEWVEC (struct bp_location
*, bp_location_count
);
12247 locp
= bp_location
;
12248 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12249 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12251 qsort (bp_location
, bp_location_count
, sizeof (*bp_location
),
12252 bp_location_compare
);
12254 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12256 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12257 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12258 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12259 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12260 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12263 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12264 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12266 locp
= bp_location
;
12267 for (old_locp
= old_location
; old_locp
< old_location
+ old_location_count
;
12270 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
12271 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
12273 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12274 not, we have to free it. */
12275 int found_object
= 0;
12276 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12277 int keep_in_target
= 0;
12280 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12281 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12282 while (locp
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12283 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
12287 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12288 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12291 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12292 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12293 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12295 if ((*loc2p
)->condition_changed
== condition_modified
12296 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
12297 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
12299 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p
);
12300 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
12303 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
12307 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12308 have to go through updates again. */
12309 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
12311 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12313 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
12315 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12316 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12317 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12318 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12319 at certain location is not inserted. */
12321 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
12323 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12326 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
12328 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12329 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12330 keep_in_target
= 1;
12334 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12335 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12336 remove its target-side condition. */
12338 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12339 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12340 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12341 this one from the target. */
12343 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12344 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
12347 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12348 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12351 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
12353 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
12355 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12356 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12357 supported, but the latter are. */
12358 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12360 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
12361 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
12364 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12365 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12367 if (loc2
!= old_loc
12368 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
12370 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
12371 keep_in_target
= 1;
12379 if (!keep_in_target
)
12381 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
, mark_uninserted
))
12383 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12384 this location on the global list, and try to
12385 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12386 reason why we will succeed next time.
12388 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12389 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12390 only after calling us. */
12391 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12392 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12393 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
12401 if (removed
&& target_is_non_stop_p ()
12402 && need_moribund_for_location_type (old_loc
))
12404 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12405 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12406 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12407 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12408 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12409 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12410 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12411 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12412 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12413 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12414 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12415 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12416 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12417 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12420 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12421 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12423 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12424 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12425 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12426 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12427 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12428 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12429 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12430 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12431 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12432 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12433 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12434 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12435 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12438 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12439 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12440 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12441 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12443 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12444 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12445 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12446 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12447 traps we can no longer explain. */
12449 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12450 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12452 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
12456 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12457 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
12462 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12463 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12464 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12465 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12466 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12467 are sorted first for the same address.
12469 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12470 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12472 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12473 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12474 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12475 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12476 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
12478 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12480 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
12483 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc
)
12484 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
12485 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12486 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12487 `struct bp_location'. */
12488 || is_tracepoint (b
))
12490 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12491 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12495 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
12496 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
12497 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
12498 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
12499 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
12500 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
12502 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
12504 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
12505 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
12506 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
12508 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
12509 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
12511 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
12513 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
12514 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12515 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12521 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12522 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12523 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12525 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
12526 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
12528 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12529 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12532 if (insert_mode
== UGLL_INSERT
|| breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now ())
12534 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12535 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12538 /* Even though the caller told us to not insert new
12539 locations, we may still need to update conditions on the
12540 target's side of breakpoints that were already inserted
12541 if the target is evaluating breakpoint conditions. We
12542 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12544 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12548 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12549 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12551 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12555 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12557 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12560 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
12561 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
12563 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
12564 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
12570 update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
12575 update_global_location_list (insert_mode
);
12577 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
12583 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12586 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12590 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12591 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
12593 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
12594 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
12595 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12599 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12601 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
12603 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= data
;
12605 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
12609 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12613 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12615 struct value_print_options opts
;
12617 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
12619 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12621 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
12623 /* For pending locations, the output differs slightly based
12624 on b->extra_string. If this is non-NULL, it contains either
12625 a condition or dprintf arguments. */
12626 if (b
->extra_string
== NULL
)
12628 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."),
12629 event_location_to_string (b
->location
));
12631 else if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
12633 printf_filtered (_(" (%s,%s) pending."),
12634 event_location_to_string (b
->location
),
12639 printf_filtered (_(" (%s %s) pending."),
12640 event_location_to_string (b
->location
),
12646 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->symtab
== NULL
)
12648 printf_filtered (" at ");
12649 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
12652 if (b
->loc
->symtab
!= NULL
)
12654 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12656 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
12657 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12658 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b
->loc
->symtab
),
12659 b
->loc
->line_number
);
12661 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12662 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12663 real situation somewhat. */
12664 printf_filtered (": %s.",
12665 event_location_to_string (b
->location
));
12670 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12672 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12674 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
12679 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12682 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location
*self
)
12684 xfree (self
->cond
);
12685 if (self
->cond_bytecode
)
12686 free_agent_expr (self
->cond_bytecode
);
12687 xfree (self
->function_name
);
12689 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, self
->target_info
.conditions
);
12690 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, self
->target_info
.tcommands
);
12693 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops
=
12698 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12702 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12704 decref_counted_command_line (&self
->commands
);
12705 xfree (self
->cond_string
);
12706 xfree (self
->extra_string
);
12707 xfree (self
->filter
);
12708 delete_event_location (self
->location
);
12709 delete_event_location (self
->location_range_end
);
12712 static struct bp_location
*
12713 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12715 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12717 loc
= XNEW (struct bp_location
);
12718 init_bp_location (loc
, &bp_location_ops
, self
);
12723 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12725 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12728 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12729 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12732 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12734 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12738 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12740 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12744 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12745 struct address_space
*aspace
,
12747 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12749 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12753 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12758 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12762 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
12764 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12767 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12771 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12773 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12776 static enum print_stop_action
12777 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12779 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12783 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12784 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12790 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12792 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12796 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12798 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12802 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
12803 (const struct event_location
*location
,
12804 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12805 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12807 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12811 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12812 struct linespec_result
*c
,
12814 char *extra_string
,
12815 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12816 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12818 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12819 const struct breakpoint_ops
*o
,
12820 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12821 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12823 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12827 base_breakpoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12828 const struct event_location
*location
,
12829 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
12831 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12834 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12837 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
12842 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
12845 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
12847 /* Nothing to do. */
12850 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
12852 base_breakpoint_dtor
,
12853 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
12854 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
12855 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
12856 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
12857 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
12858 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
12859 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
12860 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
12861 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
12863 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
12864 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
12865 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
,
12866 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
,
12867 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal
,
12868 base_breakpoint_decode_location
,
12869 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
,
12870 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true
,
12873 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12876 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12878 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12879 if (event_location_empty_p (b
->location
))
12881 /* Anything without a location can't be re-set. */
12882 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12886 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12890 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12892 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12893 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12895 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12899 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12901 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12902 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12904 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12908 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12909 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12910 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12912 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12913 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
12916 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
12920 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
12921 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
12922 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
12929 dprintf_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12930 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12931 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12933 if (dprintf_style
== dprintf_style_agent
12934 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
12936 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
12937 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
12938 be set at the same address. */
12942 return bkpt_breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
12946 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12948 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
12953 static enum print_stop_action
12954 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12956 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12957 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
12959 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
12961 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
12963 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
12964 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
12966 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
12967 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
12968 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
12971 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
12973 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
12975 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nBreakpoint ");
12976 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
12978 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
12979 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
12980 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
12982 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
12983 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
12985 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
12989 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12991 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
12996 case bp_breakpoint
:
12997 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
12998 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12999 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
13001 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
13002 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13003 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
13004 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
13006 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
13007 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
13010 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b
->number
);
13018 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13020 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13021 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
13022 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
13023 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
13024 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
13025 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13026 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
13027 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
13028 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
13030 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13031 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
13033 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s",
13034 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
));
13036 /* Print out extra_string if this breakpoint is pending. It might
13037 contain, for example, conditions that were set by the user. */
13038 if (tp
->loc
== NULL
&& tp
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13039 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->extra_string
);
13041 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13045 bkpt_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13046 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13047 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13049 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
13053 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13054 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13056 char *extra_string
,
13057 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13058 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13060 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13061 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13062 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13063 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13065 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13066 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13068 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13069 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13070 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13074 bkpt_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13075 const struct event_location
*location
,
13076 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13078 decode_location_default (b
, location
, sals
);
13081 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13084 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13088 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13089 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13090 case bp_overlay_event
:
13091 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13092 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13093 case bp_exception_master
:
13094 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13097 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13098 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13099 case bp_shlib_event
:
13101 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13102 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13103 case bp_thread_event
:
13109 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13111 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
13113 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13114 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13115 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13116 objects (among other things). */
13117 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13118 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13124 static enum print_stop_action
13125 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13127 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13129 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13133 case bp_shlib_event
:
13134 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13135 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13136 to shlib event" message.) */
13137 print_solib_event (0);
13140 case bp_thread_event
:
13141 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13142 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13143 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13146 case bp_overlay_event
:
13147 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13148 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13151 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13152 /* These should never be enabled. */
13153 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13156 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13157 /* These should never be enabled. */
13158 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13159 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13162 case bp_exception_master
:
13163 /* These should never be enabled. */
13164 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13165 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13169 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
13173 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13175 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13178 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13181 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13183 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13184 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
13185 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13186 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13190 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13192 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13195 static enum print_stop_action
13196 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13198 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13200 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13202 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13207 ui_out_field_string
13209 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
));
13214 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
13218 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13220 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13223 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13225 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13226 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13229 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
13231 struct thread_info
*tp
= find_thread_id (self
->thread
);
13234 tp
->initiating_frame
= null_frame_id
;
13236 momentary_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
13239 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13242 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13244 int v
= bkpt_insert_location (bl
);
13248 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13250 if (bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->set_semaphore
!= NULL
)
13251 bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->set_semaphore (bl
->probe
.probe
,
13260 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13262 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13263 if (bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore
!= NULL
)
13264 bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore (bl
->probe
.probe
,
13268 return bkpt_remove_location (bl
);
13272 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13273 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13274 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13276 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13278 lsal
.sals
= parse_probes (location
, canonical
);
13279 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
));
13280 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13284 bkpt_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13285 const struct event_location
*location
,
13286 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13288 *sals
= parse_probes (location
, NULL
);
13290 error (_("probe not found"));
13293 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13296 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13298 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13302 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13303 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13304 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13306 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13312 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
13313 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
13315 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13316 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
)
13318 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
13320 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmarker id is ");
13321 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13322 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13323 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
13328 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13330 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
13335 case bp_tracepoint
:
13336 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13337 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13339 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
13340 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13341 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13343 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
13344 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13345 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13348 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13349 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
13356 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13358 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13360 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
13361 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
13362 if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
13363 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
13364 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
13365 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
13367 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13368 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
13370 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s",
13371 event_location_to_string (self
->location
));
13372 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
13374 if (tp
->pass_count
)
13375 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
13379 tracepoint_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13380 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13381 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13383 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
13387 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13388 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13390 char *extra_string
,
13391 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13392 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13394 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13395 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13396 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13397 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13399 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13400 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13402 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13403 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13404 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13408 tracepoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13409 const struct event_location
*location
,
13410 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13412 decode_location_default (b
, location
, sals
);
13415 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
13417 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13421 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
13422 (const struct event_location
*location
,
13423 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13424 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13426 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13427 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
13431 tracepoint_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13432 const struct event_location
*location
,
13433 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13435 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13436 bkpt_probe_decode_location (b
, location
, sals
);
13439 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
13441 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
13444 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13446 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13448 /* extra_string should never be non-NULL for dprintf. */
13449 gdb_assert (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
);
13451 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
13452 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
13453 3 - disconnect from target 1
13454 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13456 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13457 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13458 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13459 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13460 it all the time. */
13461 if (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13462 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
13465 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13468 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13470 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "dprintf %s,%s",
13471 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
),
13473 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13476 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
13479 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
13480 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13481 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13482 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13483 address are all handled. */
13486 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
13488 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13489 struct bpstats tmp_bs
= { NULL
};
13490 struct bpstats
*tmp_bs_p
= &tmp_bs
;
13492 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13493 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13494 condition not be evaluated. */
13497 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13498 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13499 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13500 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13501 commands here throws. */
13502 tmp_bs
.commands
= bs
->commands
;
13503 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
13504 old_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&tmp_bs
.commands
);
13506 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p
);
13508 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13509 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13511 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
13514 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13518 strace_marker_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
13519 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13520 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13522 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13523 const char *arg_start
, *arg
;
13525 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
13527 arg
= arg_start
= get_linespec_location (location
);
13528 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg
);
13530 str
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
13531 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
13532 canonical
->location
= new_linespec_location (&str
);
13533 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
13535 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
));
13536 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13540 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13541 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13543 char *extra_string
,
13544 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13545 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13547 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13548 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13549 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13550 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13553 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
,
13554 canonical
->sals
, 0);
13556 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13557 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13558 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13559 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13560 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13561 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13563 for (i
= 0; i
< lsal
->sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
13565 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
13566 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
13567 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13568 struct event_location
*location
;
13570 expanded
.nelts
= 1;
13571 expanded
.sals
= &lsal
->sals
.sals
[i
];
13573 location
= copy_event_location (canonical
->location
);
13574 old_chain
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
13576 tp
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
13577 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp
->base
, gdbarch
, expanded
,
13579 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13580 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13581 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
13582 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
13583 canonical
->special_display
);
13584 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13585 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13586 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13587 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13588 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13589 corresponds to this one */
13590 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
13592 install_breakpoint (internal
, &tp
->base
, 0);
13594 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
13599 strace_marker_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13600 const struct event_location
*location
,
13601 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13603 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13604 const char *s
= get_linespec_location (location
);
13606 *sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s
);
13607 if (sals
->nelts
> tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
13609 sals
->sals
[0] = sals
->sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
13613 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13616 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13619 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13621 return b
->ops
== &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13624 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13628 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13630 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13632 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
13634 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13635 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13638 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13639 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13640 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13641 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13642 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13645 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13646 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13647 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13648 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13650 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
13653 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13654 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13655 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
13657 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13658 struct watchpoint
*w
;
13660 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13661 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13662 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13663 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
13667 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
13669 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13670 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
13671 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
13672 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13673 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
13676 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13677 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13678 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13679 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13681 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
);
13683 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
13684 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
13686 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13687 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
13689 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
13693 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13695 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13696 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13697 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13698 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13699 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13700 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13701 commands won't work. */
13703 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
13705 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13706 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13707 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13708 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13709 might be better design to have location completely
13710 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13711 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
13713 bpt
->ops
->dtor (bpt
);
13714 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13715 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13716 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
13721 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
13723 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13727 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13729 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
13732 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13733 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13736 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13737 void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
13741 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13746 struct breakpoint
*next
;
13748 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13749 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
13751 if (next
== related
)
13753 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13754 function (related
, data
);
13756 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13757 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13762 function (related
, data
);
13766 while (related
!= b
);
13770 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13772 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13775 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13776 delete_breakpoint. */
13779 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13781 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13785 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13787 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13793 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
13795 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13796 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13797 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13798 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13799 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13801 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
13805 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13807 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13809 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13810 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13811 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13815 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13819 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13821 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
13822 if (!loc
->shlib_disabled
13823 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13828 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13829 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13830 Null names are ignored. */
13833 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13835 struct bp_location
*l
;
13836 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
13837 (int (*) (const void *,
13838 const void *)) streq
,
13839 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
13841 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13844 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
13846 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13850 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
13852 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13856 htab_delete (htab
);
13862 htab_delete (htab
);
13866 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13867 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13868 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13869 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13870 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13871 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13872 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13873 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13876 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13877 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13878 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13879 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13880 in the sources, and output a warning.
13882 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13883 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13884 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13885 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13886 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13889 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13890 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13891 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13892 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13893 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13894 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13895 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13896 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13897 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13899 static struct symtab_and_line
13900 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
13902 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13903 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
13908 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
13910 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
13912 if (strcmp (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
) != 0)
13913 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13915 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
);
13917 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13918 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
13919 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
13924 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13926 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
13928 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
13929 && tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= NULL
)
13931 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
;
13934 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13936 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
13938 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
13939 struct symbol
*sym
;
13940 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
13941 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13942 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
13944 tpmarker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, 0);
13946 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13947 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (tpmarker
->str_id
);
13949 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13950 "found at previous line number"),
13951 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13955 sal2
.pc
= tpmarker
->address
;
13957 sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
13958 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
13959 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Now in ");
13962 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
13963 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
13964 ui_out_text (uiout
, " at ");
13966 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file",
13967 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
13968 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
13970 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13972 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
13974 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
13977 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", sal2
.line
);
13978 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
13980 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
13981 b
->loc
->symtab
= sym
!= NULL
? sal2
.symtab
: NULL
;
13983 delete_event_location (b
->location
);
13984 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
13985 explicit_loc
.source_filename
13986 = ASTRDUP (symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
13987 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.offset
= b
->loc
->line_number
;
13988 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.sign
= LINE_OFFSET_NONE
;
13989 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
13991 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13994 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker
);
14000 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
14001 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
14004 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
14008 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
14011 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
14014 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
14021 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
14027 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
14028 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
14029 a ranged breakpoint. */
14032 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
14033 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
14034 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end
)
14037 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
= b
->loc
;
14039 if (sals_end
.nelts
!= 0 && (sals
.nelts
!= 1 || sals_end
.nelts
!= 1))
14041 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
14043 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14044 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14045 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
14046 "multiple locations found\n"),
14051 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
14052 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
14053 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
14054 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
14055 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
14056 individual locations. */
14057 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations
) && sals
.nelts
== 0)
14062 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14064 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
14066 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals
.sals
[i
].pspace
);
14068 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &(sals
.sals
[i
]));
14070 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
14072 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
14076 s
= b
->cond_string
;
14079 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, sals
.sals
[i
].pc
,
14080 block_for_pc (sals
.sals
[i
].pc
),
14083 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14085 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
14086 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
14087 b
->number
, e
.message
);
14088 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
14093 if (sals_end
.nelts
)
14095 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
.sals
[0]);
14097 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
.sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
14101 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14104 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
14105 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14106 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14107 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14108 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14109 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14110 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
14112 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
14114 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
14116 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
14117 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
14119 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14120 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
))
14128 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14129 if (l
->function_name
14130 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
14140 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
14141 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14143 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14146 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given LOCATION.
14147 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14149 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14150 location_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct event_location
*location
,
14153 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
= {0};
14154 struct gdb_exception exception
= exception_none
;
14156 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
);
14160 b
->ops
->decode_location (b
, location
, &sals
);
14162 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14164 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
14168 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14169 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14170 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14171 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14172 state, then user already saw the message about that
14173 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14175 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14176 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
14177 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
14178 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
14179 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
14180 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
14182 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
14184 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14185 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14186 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14187 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14188 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14189 which approach is better. */
14190 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14191 throw_exception (e
);
14196 if (exception
.reason
== 0 || exception
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
14200 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14201 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
14202 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
14204 char *cond_string
, *extra_string
;
14207 find_condition_and_thread (b
->extra_string
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
14208 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
,
14210 gdb_assert (b
->cond_string
== NULL
);
14212 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
14213 b
->thread
= thread
;
14217 xfree (b
->extra_string
);
14218 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
14220 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
14223 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !strace_marker_p (b
))
14224 sals
.sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
.sals
[0]);
14234 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14235 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14239 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14242 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, sals_end
;
14243 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
= {0};
14244 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end
= {0};
14246 sals
= location_to_sals (b
, b
->location
, &found
);
14249 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
14253 if (b
->location_range_end
!= NULL
)
14255 sals_end
= location_to_sals (b
, b
->location_range_end
, &found
);
14258 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals_end
.sals
);
14259 expanded_end
= sals_end
;
14263 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
14266 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14267 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14270 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location
*location
,
14271 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14272 enum bptype type_wanted
)
14274 parse_breakpoint_sals (location
, canonical
);
14277 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14278 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14282 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14283 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14285 char *extra_string
,
14286 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14287 enum bpdisp disposition
,
14289 int task
, int ignore_count
,
14290 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
14291 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
14292 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
14294 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, canonical
, cond_string
,
14296 type_wanted
, disposition
,
14297 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
14298 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
14301 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14302 default function for the `decode_location' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14305 decode_location_default (struct breakpoint
*b
,
14306 const struct event_location
*location
,
14307 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
14309 struct linespec_result canonical
;
14311 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14312 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
14313 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
14314 &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
14317 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14318 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) < 2);
14320 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 0)
14322 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
14324 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
14325 *sals
= lsal
->sals
;
14326 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14328 lsal
->sals
.sals
= NULL
;
14331 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14334 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14336 static struct cleanup
*
14337 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14339 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14341 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
14342 cleanups
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
14343 if (b
->pspace
!= NULL
)
14344 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
14345 set_language (b
->language
);
14350 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14351 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14352 Unused in this case. */
14355 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint
)
14357 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14358 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) bint
;
14359 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14361 cleanups
= prepare_re_set_context (b
);
14362 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
14363 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14367 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14369 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14371 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14372 enum language save_language
;
14373 int save_input_radix
;
14374 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
14376 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
14377 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
14378 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
14380 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14382 /* Format possible error msg. */
14383 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14385 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
14386 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one
, b
, message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
14387 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14389 set_language (save_language
);
14390 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
14392 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14394 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
14396 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14397 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14398 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14399 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14402 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14404 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14405 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14407 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14409 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
14411 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
14412 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
14414 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14415 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14416 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14418 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
14422 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14423 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14424 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14427 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
14429 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14434 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14435 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
14437 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
14439 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
14440 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14445 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
14449 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14450 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14452 else if (count
== 1)
14453 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14456 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14457 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14460 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14464 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
14467 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14470 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14476 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14478 num
= get_number (&p
);
14480 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
14482 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14484 set_ignore_count (num
,
14485 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
14488 printf_filtered ("\n");
14491 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14492 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14495 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args
, void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
14500 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
14502 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
14504 if (args
== 0 || *args
== '\0')
14505 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14507 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
14509 while (!state
.finished
)
14511 const char *p
= state
.string
;
14515 num
= get_number_or_range (&state
);
14518 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
14522 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
14523 if (b
->number
== num
)
14526 function (b
, data
);
14530 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
14535 static struct bp_location
*
14536 find_location_by_number (char *number
)
14538 char *dot
= strchr (number
, '.');
14542 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14543 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14548 bp_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14550 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14552 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14553 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
14558 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
14559 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14562 loc_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14564 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
14568 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
14571 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot
+1);
14577 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14578 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14579 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14582 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14584 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14585 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14586 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14587 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14590 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14592 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14593 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14595 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14596 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14598 struct bp_location
*location
;
14600 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14601 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
14604 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14606 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14609 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14612 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14614 disable_breakpoint (b
);
14617 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14618 disable_breakpoint. */
14621 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14623 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14627 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14631 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14633 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14634 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14635 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14639 char *num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14643 if (strchr (num
, '.'))
14645 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (num
);
14652 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14654 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14655 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14656 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14657 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
14659 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14662 map_breakpoint_numbers (num
, do_map_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14663 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14669 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
14672 int target_resources_ok
;
14674 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
14677 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14678 target_resources_ok
=
14679 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
14681 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
14682 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14683 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
14684 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14687 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
14689 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14690 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14694 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
14696 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
14697 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14698 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
14700 CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
14702 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
14703 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14710 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14712 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14713 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14715 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14716 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14718 struct bp_location
*location
;
14720 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14721 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
14724 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
14725 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
14726 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14728 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14733 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14735 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
14739 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14741 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14744 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14745 enable_breakpoint. */
14748 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14750 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14753 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14754 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14755 in stopping the inferior. */
14758 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14762 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14764 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14765 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14766 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14770 char *num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14774 if (strchr (num
, '.'))
14776 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (num
);
14783 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14785 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14786 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14787 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14788 target_enable_tracepoint (loc
);
14790 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14793 map_breakpoint_numbers (num
, do_map_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14794 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14799 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
14809 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14811 struct disp_data disp_data
= *(struct disp_data
*) arg
;
14813 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_data
.disp
, disp_data
.count
);
14817 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
14819 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, 1 };
14821 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14825 enable_once_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14827 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14831 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *countptr
)
14833 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, *(int *) countptr
};
14835 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14839 enable_count_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14844 error_no_arg (_("hit count"));
14846 count
= get_number (&args
);
14848 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint
, &count
);
14852 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
14854 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_del
, 1 };
14856 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14860 enable_delete_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14862 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14866 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14871 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14875 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14876 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14880 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior
*inferior
,
14881 CORE_ADDR addr
, ssize_t len
,
14882 const bfd_byte
*data
)
14884 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
14886 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
14887 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
14888 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
14890 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
14892 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
)
14894 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14896 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14897 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14898 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
14899 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
14901 value_free (wp
->val
);
14909 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14912 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14913 struct address_space
*aspace
,
14916 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
14917 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
14918 CORE_ADDR pc
= next_pc
;
14920 if (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
== NULL
)
14922 tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
14923 = new_single_step_breakpoint (tp
->num
, gdbarch
);
14926 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
14928 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
14929 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
14930 add_location_to_breakpoint (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
, &sal
);
14932 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
14935 /* See breakpoint.h. */
14938 breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (struct breakpoint
*bp
,
14939 struct address_space
*aspace
,
14942 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14944 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14946 && breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
14952 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
14956 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
14959 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14961 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14963 if (bpt
->type
== bp_single_step
14964 && breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (bpt
, aspace
, pc
))
14970 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
14972 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
14974 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
14976 tracepoint_count
= num
;
14977 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
14981 trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14983 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
14984 struct event_location
*location
;
14985 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
14987 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
14988 back_to
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
14989 if (location
!= NULL
14990 && event_location_type (location
) == PROBE_LOCATION
)
14991 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
14993 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
14995 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14997 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
14999 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15000 0 /* Ignore count */,
15001 pending_break_support
,
15005 0 /* internal */, 0);
15006 do_cleanups (back_to
);
15010 ftrace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15012 struct event_location
*location
;
15013 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
15015 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
15016 back_to
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
15017 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15019 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15021 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15022 0 /* Ignore count */,
15023 pending_break_support
,
15024 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15027 0 /* internal */, 0);
15028 do_cleanups (back_to
);
15031 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15034 strace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15036 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15037 struct event_location
*location
;
15038 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
15040 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15041 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15042 if (arg
&& startswith (arg
, "-m") && isspace (arg
[2]))
15044 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15045 location
= new_linespec_location (&arg
);
15049 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15050 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
15053 back_to
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
15054 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15056 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15058 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15059 0 /* Ignore count */,
15060 pending_break_support
,
15064 0 /* internal */, 0);
15065 do_cleanups (back_to
);
15068 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15069 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15071 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
15072 static int next_cmd
;
15075 read_uploaded_action (void)
15079 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, this_utp
->cmd_strings
, next_cmd
, rslt
);
15086 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15087 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15088 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15089 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15090 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15092 struct tracepoint
*
15093 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
15095 char *addr_str
, small_buf
[100];
15096 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
15097 struct event_location
*location
;
15098 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
15100 if (utp
->at_string
)
15101 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
;
15104 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15105 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15106 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15108 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15109 "source location, using raw address"),
15111 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
15112 addr_str
= small_buf
;
15115 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15116 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
15117 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15118 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15121 location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_str
, current_language
);
15122 cleanup
= make_cleanup_delete_event_location (location
);
15123 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15125 utp
->cond_string
, -1, addr_str
,
15126 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15128 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
15129 0 /* Ignore count */,
15130 pending_break_support
,
15131 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15133 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
15135 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
15137 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
15141 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
15143 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15144 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
15145 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
15149 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "%d %d", utp
->pass
,
15152 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
15155 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15156 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15157 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15159 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->cmd_strings
))
15161 struct command_line
*cmd_list
;
15166 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
, NULL
);
15168 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp
->base
, cmd_list
);
15170 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->actions
)
15171 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->step_actions
))
15172 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15173 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15176 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15177 tp
->base
.hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
15178 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
15183 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15187 tracepoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15189 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
15192 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_tracepoint
);
15194 if (num_printed
== 0)
15196 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
15197 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15199 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
15202 default_collect_info ();
15205 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15206 Not supported by all targets. */
15208 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15210 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15213 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15214 Not supported by all targets. */
15216 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15218 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15221 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15223 delete_trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15225 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15231 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
15233 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15234 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15235 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15237 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15238 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15240 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
15244 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15246 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15248 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15249 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15250 delete_breakpoint (b
);
15254 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15257 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15260 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
15262 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
15263 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp
->base
);
15265 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15266 tp
->base
.number
, count
);
15269 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15271 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15272 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15273 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15276 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15278 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
15279 unsigned int count
;
15281 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
15282 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15283 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15285 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15287 args
= skip_spaces (args
);
15288 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
15290 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15292 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15294 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15296 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15298 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15299 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15302 else if (*args
== '\0')
15304 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
);
15306 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15310 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
15312 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
15313 while (!state
.finished
)
15315 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &state
);
15317 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15322 struct tracepoint
*
15323 get_tracepoint (int num
)
15325 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15327 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15328 if (t
->number
== num
)
15329 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15334 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15335 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15338 struct tracepoint
*
15339 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
15341 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15343 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15345 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15347 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
15354 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15355 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15356 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
15357 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15359 struct tracepoint
*
15360 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
,
15361 struct get_number_or_range_state
*state
)
15363 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15365 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
15369 gdb_assert (!state
->finished
);
15370 tpnum
= get_number_or_range (state
);
15372 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
15373 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
15375 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
15379 if (instring
&& *instring
)
15380 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15383 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
15387 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15388 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
15390 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15393 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
15398 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
15400 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
15401 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
15404 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
15406 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
15409 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15410 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15411 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15415 save_breakpoints (char *filename
, int from_tty
,
15416 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
15418 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15420 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
15421 struct ui_file
*fp
;
15422 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
15424 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
15425 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15427 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15428 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15430 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15431 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15434 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15435 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15440 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
15442 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
15444 /* We can stop searching. */
15451 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15455 filename
= tilde_expand (filename
);
15456 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, filename
);
15457 fp
= gdb_fopen (filename
, "w");
15459 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15460 filename
, safe_strerror (errno
));
15461 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp
);
15463 if (extra_trace_bits
)
15464 save_trace_state_variables (fp
);
15466 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15468 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15469 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15472 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15473 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15476 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, fp
);
15478 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15479 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15482 if (tp
->cond_string
)
15483 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
15485 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
15486 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
15488 if (tp
->type
!= bp_dprintf
&& tp
->commands
)
15490 struct gdb_exception exception
;
15492 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " commands\n");
15494 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, fp
);
15497 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
->commands
, 2);
15499 CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
15501 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, NULL
);
15502 throw_exception (ex
);
15506 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, NULL
);
15507 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " end\n");
15510 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
15511 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable $bpnum\n");
15513 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15514 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15515 special, and not user visible. */
15516 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
15518 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15521 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
15523 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
15527 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
15528 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
15531 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename
);
15532 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
15535 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15538 save_breakpoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15540 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
15543 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15546 save_tracepoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15548 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
15551 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15553 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
15554 all_tracepoints (void)
15556 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
15557 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15559 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
15561 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
15568 /* This help string is used to consolidate all the help string for specifying
15569 locations used by several commands. */
15571 #define LOCATION_HELP_STRING \
15572 "Linespecs are colon-separated lists of location parameters, such as\n\
15573 source filename, function name, label name, and line number.\n\
15574 Example: To specify the start of a label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15575 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use\n\
15576 \"factorial.c:fact:the_top\".\n\
15578 Address locations begin with \"*\" and specify an exact address in the\n\
15579 program. Example: To specify the fourth byte past the start function\n\
15580 \"main\", use \"*main + 4\".\n\
15582 Explicit locations are similar to linespecs but use an option/argument\n\
15583 syntax to specify location parameters.\n\
15584 Example: To specify the start of the label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15585 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use \"-source factorial.c\n\
15586 -function fact -label the_top\".\n"
15588 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15589 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15590 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15593 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15594 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15595 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15596 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15597 guessed probe type), `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe) or \n\
15598 `-probe-dtrace' (for a DTrace probe).\n\
15599 LOCATION may be a linespec, address, or explicit location as described\n\
15602 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15603 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15605 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15606 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15607 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\
15608 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15609 conditions are different.\n\
15611 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15613 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15614 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
15616 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15617 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
15620 add_catch_command (char *name
, char *docstring
,
15621 cmd_sfunc_ftype
*sfunc
,
15622 completer_ftype
*completer
,
15623 void *user_data_catch
,
15624 void *user_data_tcatch
)
15626 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
15628 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15630 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15631 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
15632 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15634 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15636 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15637 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
15638 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15642 save_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15644 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15645 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15646 help_list (save_cmdlist
, "save ", all_commands
, gdb_stdout
);
15649 struct breakpoint
*
15650 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback
) (struct breakpoint
*, void *),
15653 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15655 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15657 if ((*callback
) (b
, data
))
15664 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15665 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15668 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
15670 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15671 non-inline function. */
15672 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
15678 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15679 have been inlined. */
15682 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
15683 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
15685 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15686 struct bp_location
*bl
;
15688 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
15690 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
15693 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
15695 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
15696 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
15704 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15707 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
15709 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
15711 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
15712 if (loc
->symtab
!= NULL
&& SYMTAB_OBJFILE (loc
->symtab
) == objfile
)
15713 loc
->symtab
= NULL
;
15717 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15719 static int initialized
= 0;
15721 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15727 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15728 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15729 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15730 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15731 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15732 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15733 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
15734 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
15735 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
15736 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_create_sals_from_location
;
15737 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15738 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_decode_location
;
15740 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15741 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15742 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15743 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15744 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15745 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15746 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15747 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
15749 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15750 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
15751 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15752 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
15753 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
15754 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
15755 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
15756 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
15757 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
15758 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
15760 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15761 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
15762 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15763 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
15764 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
15765 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
15766 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
15768 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15769 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15770 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15771 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
15772 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
15773 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
15774 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
15776 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
15777 ops
= &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
15778 *ops
= momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15779 ops
->dtor
= longjmp_bkpt_dtor
;
15781 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15782 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15783 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15784 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_probe_insert_location
;
15785 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_probe_remove_location
;
15786 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
15787 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_probe_decode_location
;
15790 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15791 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15792 ops
->dtor
= dtor_watchpoint
;
15793 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
15794 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
15795 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
15796 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
15797 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
15798 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
15799 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
15800 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
15801 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
15802 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
15803 ops
->explains_signal
= explains_signal_watchpoint
;
15805 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15806 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15807 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15808 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
15809 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
15810 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
15811 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
15812 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
15813 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
15814 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
15815 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
15818 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15819 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15820 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
15821 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
15822 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
15823 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
15824 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
15825 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_create_sals_from_location
;
15826 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15827 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_decode_location
;
15829 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15830 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15831 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15832 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
15833 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_probe_decode_location
;
15835 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15836 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15837 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15838 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= strace_marker_create_sals_from_location
;
15839 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15840 ops
->decode_location
= strace_marker_decode_location
;
15842 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15843 ops
= &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
15844 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15845 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_fork
;
15846 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_fork
;
15847 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
;
15848 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_fork
;
15849 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_fork
;
15850 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_fork
;
15851 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_fork
;
15853 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15854 ops
= &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
15855 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15856 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_vfork
;
15857 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_vfork
;
15858 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
;
15859 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_vfork
;
15860 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_vfork
;
15861 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_vfork
;
15862 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_vfork
;
15864 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15865 ops
= &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
15866 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15867 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_exec
;
15868 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_exec
;
15869 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_exec
;
15870 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
;
15871 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_exec
;
15872 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_exec
;
15873 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_exec
;
15874 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_exec
;
15876 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15877 ops
= &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
15878 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15879 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_solib
;
15880 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_solib
;
15881 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_solib
;
15882 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_solib
;
15883 ops
->check_status
= check_status_catch_solib
;
15884 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_solib
;
15885 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_solib
;
15886 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_solib
;
15887 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_solib
;
15889 ops
= &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
15890 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15891 ops
->re_set
= dprintf_re_set
;
15892 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15893 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15894 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15895 ops
->print_recreate
= dprintf_print_recreate
;
15896 ops
->after_condition_true
= dprintf_after_condition_true
;
15897 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= dprintf_breakpoint_hit
;
15900 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
15902 static struct cmd_list_element
*enablebreaklist
= NULL
;
15905 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
15907 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
15909 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
15911 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
15912 observer_attach_free_objfile (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile
);
15913 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
15915 breakpoint_objfile_key
15916 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL
, free_breakpoint_probes
);
15918 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
15919 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
15920 before a breakpoint is set. */
15921 breakpoint_count
= 0;
15923 tracepoint_count
= 0;
15925 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
15926 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
15927 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
15929 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
15930 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
15931 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
15932 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
15933 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
15934 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
15935 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
15936 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
15938 c
= add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
15939 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
15940 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
15941 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
15942 set_cmd_completer (c
, condition_completer
);
15944 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
15945 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
15946 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15947 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
15948 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
15950 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
15951 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15953 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
15954 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15955 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
15956 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
15958 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
15959 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15961 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
15962 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15963 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15964 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
15966 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
15967 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15969 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15970 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15971 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15972 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15973 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15974 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
15975 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15977 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15979 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15980 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
15981 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15982 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15983 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
15984 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
15986 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
15987 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15988 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15991 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
15992 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
15993 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15996 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
15997 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
15998 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15999 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16002 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
16003 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16004 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16007 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
16008 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16009 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16012 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16013 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16014 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16015 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16018 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
16019 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16020 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16021 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16022 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16023 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16024 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16025 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16027 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
16028 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16029 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16030 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16031 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16032 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16035 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
16036 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16037 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16038 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16040 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16041 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16042 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16043 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16044 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16046 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
16047 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16048 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16049 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16050 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16053 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
16054 Clear breakpoint at specified location.\n\
16055 Argument may be a linespec, explicit, or address location as described below.\n\
16057 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16058 is executing in.\n"
16059 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\
16060 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16061 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16063 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
16064 Set breakpoint at specified location.\n"
16065 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16066 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16068 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
16069 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
16070 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
16071 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
16075 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
16076 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16077 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16078 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
16079 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
16080 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
16081 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
16082 add_com ("status", class_info
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
16083 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16084 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16085 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16086 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16087 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16088 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16089 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16090 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16092 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16093 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16094 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16095 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16096 breakpoint set."));
16099 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info
, _("\
16100 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16101 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16102 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16103 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16104 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16105 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16106 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16107 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16109 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16110 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16111 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16112 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16113 breakpoint set."));
16115 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16117 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
16118 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16119 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16120 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16121 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16122 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16123 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16124 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16125 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16126 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16127 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16128 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16129 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16131 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16132 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16133 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16134 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16136 &maintenanceinfolist
);
16138 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
16139 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16140 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
16141 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16143 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
16144 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16145 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
16146 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16148 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16149 catch_fork_command_1
,
16151 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
16152 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
16153 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16154 catch_fork_command_1
,
16156 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
16157 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
16158 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16159 catch_exec_command_1
,
16163 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16164 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16165 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16166 catch_load_command_1
,
16170 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16171 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16172 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16173 catch_unload_command_1
,
16178 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
16179 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16180 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16181 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16182 an expression changes.\n\
16183 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16184 the memory to which it refers."));
16185 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16187 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
16188 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16189 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16190 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16191 an expression is read.\n\
16192 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16193 the memory to which it refers."));
16194 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16196 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
16197 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16198 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16199 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16200 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16201 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16202 the memory to which it refers."));
16203 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16205 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info
, _("\
16206 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16208 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16209 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16210 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
16211 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
16212 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16213 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16214 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16215 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16216 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16219 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
16220 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16222 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
16224 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16226 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
16227 Set a tracepoint at specified location.\n\
16229 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16230 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16231 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16233 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
16234 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16235 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16236 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16238 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
16239 Set a fast tracepoint at specified location.\n\
16241 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16242 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16243 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16245 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
16246 Set a static tracepoint at location or marker.\n\
16248 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16249 LOCATION may be a linespec, explicit, or address location (described below) \n\
16250 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\n\
16251 If a marker id is specified, probe the marker with that name. With\n\
16252 no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected stack frame.\n\
16253 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16254 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16255 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16256 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16258 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16259 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\
16260 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16261 conditions are different.\n\
16263 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16264 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16265 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16267 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info
, _("\
16268 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16269 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16270 last tracepoint set."));
16272 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16274 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
16275 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16276 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16277 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16279 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace
, 1, &deletelist
);
16281 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
16282 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16283 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16284 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16286 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
16288 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
16289 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16290 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16291 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16293 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
16295 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
16296 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16297 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16298 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16299 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16301 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
, save_command
,
16302 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16303 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
16304 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16306 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
16307 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16308 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16309 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16310 session to restore them."),
16312 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16314 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
16315 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16316 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16318 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16320 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
16321 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
16323 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16324 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16325 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16326 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16327 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
16328 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
16329 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16330 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16331 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16332 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16333 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
16334 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
16336 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
16337 &pending_break_support
, _("\
16338 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16339 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16340 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16341 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16342 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16343 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16345 show_pending_break_support
,
16346 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16347 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16349 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
16351 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
16352 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
16353 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16354 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16355 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16356 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16357 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16359 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
16360 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16361 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16363 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
16364 &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
16365 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16366 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16367 When this mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately as soon as\n\
16368 they're created, kept inserted even when execution stops, and removed\n\
16369 only when the user deletes them. When this mode is off (the default),\n\
16370 breakpoints are inserted only when execution continues, and removed\n\
16371 when execution stops."),
16373 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
16374 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16375 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16377 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
16378 condition_evaluation_enums
,
16379 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
16380 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16381 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16382 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16383 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16384 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16385 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16386 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16387 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16388 be set to \"gdb\""),
16389 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16390 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16391 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16392 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16394 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
16395 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16396 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16397 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16398 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16399 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16400 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16401 or the start of the range\n\
16402 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16403 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16404 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16406 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16407 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16408 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16410 c
= add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint
, dprintf_command
, _("\
16411 Set a dynamic printf at specified location.\n\
16412 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16413 location may be a linespec, explicit, or address location.\n"
16414 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
));
16415 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16417 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support
,
16418 dprintf_style_enums
, &dprintf_style
, _("\
16419 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16420 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16421 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16422 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16423 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16424 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16425 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16426 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16427 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16428 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16430 dprintf_function
= xstrdup ("printf");
16431 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support
,
16432 &dprintf_function
, _("\
16433 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16434 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16435 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16436 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16438 dprintf_channel
= xstrdup ("");
16439 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support
,
16440 &dprintf_channel
, _("\
16441 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16442 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16443 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16444 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16446 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class
,
16447 &disconnected_dprintf
, _("\
16448 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16449 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16450 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16451 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16454 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16456 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars
, agent_printf_command
, _("\
16457 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16458 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16460 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
16462 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);
16463 observer_attach_thread_exit (remove_threaded_breakpoints
);